AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION FEBRUARY 6, 2015.
Securities Act of 1933 File No. ___________
Investment Company Act of 1940 File No. 811-23029

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_________________
FORM N-1A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
S
Pre-Effective Amendment No. ____
£
Post-Effective Amendment No. ____
£
and/or
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
S
Amendment No. ____
£
(Check Appropriate Box or Boxes)
_________________
PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
_________________
655 9th Street
Des Moines, IA 50392
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
515-235-9328
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)
_________________
Name and Address of Agent for Service:
 
with a copy to:
Adam U. Shaikh
 
Veena K. Jain
The Principal Financial Group
 
Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP
Des Moines, IA 50392
 
191 N. Wacker Drive, Suite 3700
 
 
Chicago, IL 60606-1698
_________________
Approximate Date Of Proposed Public Offering:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that the registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state in which the offer or sale is not permitted.


 

Preliminary Prospectus dated _________

Subject to Completion
The information in the prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.



PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS





The date of this Prospectus is_________, 2015.




Fund
Ticker Symbol
Principal U.S. Listing Exchange
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
[Pending]
NYSE Arca
























The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.






































This page intentionally left blank.


2


TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
FUND SUMMARY – Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
DISTRIBUTOR AND OTHER FUND SERVICE PROVIDERS
PRICING OF FUND SHARES
PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
FREQUENT PURCHASE AND REDEMPTIONS
TAX CONSIDERATIONS
DISTRIBUTION PLANS AND INTERMEDIARY COMPENSATION
FUND ACCOUNT INFORMATION
APPENDIX A - DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


3


PRINCIPAL EDGE ACTIVE INCOME ETF
Objective : The Fund seeks to provide current income.
Fees and Expenses of the Fund:
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund ("Shares"). Investors may pay brokerage commissions on their purchases and sales of Shares, which are not reflected in the table or the example below.
Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees
 
 
Other Expenses (1)
 
 
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses
 
 
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
 
 
Expense Reimbursement
 
 
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Expense Reimbursement
 
 
(1)  
Estimated for current fiscal year.
Example
This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other funds.
The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
 
1 year
3 years
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
 
 
Portfolio Turnover
The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. This is a new Fund and does not yet have a portfolio turnover rate to disclose.
Principal Investment Strategies
The Fund is an actively managed exchange-traded fund (“ETF”) that seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing, under normal circumstances, its assets in investment grade and non-investment grade fixed income securities and in equity securities. In pursuing its strategies, the Fund invests in a diversified portfolio of a broad range of instruments, and it may carry out its investment strategies through active management or purchases of ETFs or other investment company shares. The Fund’s Sub-Advisor actively and tactically allocates the Fund’s assets among fixed income securities and equity securities in an effort to take advantage of changing economic conditions that the Sub-Advisor believes favors one asset class over another. Based on the analysis of various economic indicators, the Sub-Advisor will increase the allocation to the asset class that the Sub-Advisor believes will have a higher probability of achieving the Fund’s objective of providing current income.
Fixed Income. A portion of the Fund's net assets will be invested in a diversified portfolio of investment grade and non-investment grade fixed income securities issued by U.S., supranational and non-U.S. issuers (including issuers located in emerging markets) including investments in convertible bonds, inverse floating rate instruments, municipal bonds, U.S. government and agency securities, asset-backed securities and mortgage-backed securities (including commercial mortgage-backed securities). “Investment grade” securities are rated BBB- or higher by S&P or Baa3 or higher by Moody's or, if unrated, of comparable quality in the opinion of the Sub-Advisor. “Non-investment grade” securities are rated Ba1 or lower by Moody’s and BB+ or lower by S&P. If the security has been rated by only one of those agencies, that rating will determine whether the security is below investment grade. If the security has not been rated by either of those agencies, the Sub-Advisor will determine whether the security is of a quality comparable to those rated below investment grade.
Equity Securities. A portion of the Fund's net assets will be invested in a diversified portfolio of equity securities issued by companies located in the U.S. and/or foreign countries, including emerging markets, which trade on a U.S.

4


or foreign exchange. The equity securities will be common stocks and preferred stocks as well as master limited partnerships (“MLPs”) and real estate investment trusts (“REITs”).
Principal Risks
The value of your investment in the Fund changes with the value of the Fund's investments. Many factors affect that value, and it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The principal risks of investing in the Fund, in alphabetical order, are:
Active Trading Risk. A fund that has a portfolio turnover rate over 100% is considered actively traded. Actively trading portfolio securities may accelerate realization of taxable gains and losses, lower fund performance and may result in high portfolio turnover rates and increased brokerage costs.
Asset Allocation Risk. A fund's selection and weighting of asset classes may cause it to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.
Convertible Securities Risk. Convertible securities can be bonds, notes, debentures, preferred stock or other securities which are convertible into common stock. Convertible securities are subject to both the credit and interest rate risks associated with fixed income securities and to the stock market risk associated with equity securities.
Currency Risk. Risks of investing in securities denominated in, or that trade in, foreign (non-U.S.) currencies include changes in foreign exchange rates and foreign exchange restrictions.
Emerging Market Risk. Investments in emerging market countries may have more risk than those in developed market countries because the emerging markets are less developed and more illiquid. Emerging market countries can also be subject to increased social, economic, regulatory, and political uncertainties and can be extremely volatile.
Equity Securities Risk. Equity securities (common, convertible preferred stocks and other securities whose values are tied to the price of stocks, such as rights, warrants and convertible debt securities) could decline in value if the issuer's financial condition declines or in response to overall market and economic conditions. A fund's principal market segment(s), such as large cap, mid cap or small cap stocks, or growth or value stocks, may underperform other market segments or the equity markets as a whole. Investments in smaller companies and mid-size companies may involve greater risk and price volatility than investments in larger, more mature companies.
Fixed-Income Securities Risk. Fixed-income securities are subject to interest rate risk and credit quality risk. The market value of fixed-income securities generally declines when interest rates rise, and an issuer of fixed-income securities could default on its payment obligations.
Foreign Securities Risk. The risks of foreign securities include loss of value as a result of: political or economic instability; nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation; settlement delays; and limited government regulation (including less stringent reporting, accounting, and disclosure standards than are required of U.S. companies).
High Yield Securities Risk. High yield fixed-income securities (commonly referred to as "junk bonds") are subject to greater credit quality risk than higher rated fixed-income securities and should be considered speculative.
Inverse Floating Rate Investments. Inverse floating rate investments are extremely sensitive to changes in interest rates and in some cases their market value may be extremely volatile.
Market Trading Risks. The risks that the Fund faces because its shares are listed on a securities exchange, including the potential lack of an active market for Fund shares, losses from trading in secondary markets, and disruption in the creation/redemption process of the Fund. ANY OF THESE FACTORS MAY LEAD TO THE FUND’S SHARES TRADING AT A PREMIUM OR DISCOUNT TO NAV.
Master Limited Partnership ("MLP") Risk. MLPs are publicly-traded limited partnership interests or units. An MLP that invests in a particular industry (e.g., oil and gas) will be harmed by detrimental economic events within that industry. As partnerships, MLPs may be subject to less regulation (and less protection for investors) under state laws than corporations. In addition, MLPs may be subject to state taxation in certain jurisdictions, which may reduce the amount of income an MLP pays to its investors.
Municipal Securities Risk. Principal and interest payments on municipal securities may not be guaranteed by the issuing body and may be payable only from a particular source. That source may not perform as expected and payment obligations may not be made or made on time.
Portfolio Duration Risk. Portfolio duration is a measure of the expected life of a fixed-income security and its sensitivity to changes in interest rates. The longer a fund's average portfolio duration, the more sensitive the fund will be to changes in interest rates.

5


Preferred Securities Risk. Preferred securities are securities with a lower priority claim on assets or earnings than bonds and other debt instruments in a company's capital structure, and therefore can be subject to greater credit and liquidation risk than more senior debt instruments. In addition, preferred securities are subject to other risks, such as limited or no voting rights, deferring or skipping distributions, interest rate risk, and redeeming the security prior to the stated maturity date.
Prepayment Risk. Unscheduled prepayments on mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities may have to be reinvested at lower rates. A reduction in prepayments may increase the effective maturities of these securities, exposing them to the risk of decline in market value over time (extension risk).
Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”) Risk. A REIT could fail to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Internal Revenue Code, and fund shareholders will indirectly bear their proportionate share of the expenses of REITs in which the fund invests.
Real Estate Securities Risk. Real estate securities are subject to the risks associated with direct ownership of real estate, including declines in value, adverse economic conditions, increases in expenses, regulatory changes and environmental problems. Investing in securities of companies in the real estate industry, subjects a fund to the special risks associated with the real estate market including factors such as loss to casualty or condemnation, changes in real estate values, property taxes, interest rates, cash flow of underlying real estate assets, occupancy rates, government regulations affecting zoning, land use and rents, and the management skill and creditworthiness of the issuer.
Risk of Investing in Exchange-Traded Funds ("ETFs"). An ETF is subject to the risks associated with direct ownership of the securities comprising the index on which the ETF is based. Fund shareholders indirectly bear their proportionate share of the expenses of the ETFs in which the fund invests.
Risk of Investing in Investment Companies. Fund shareholders bear indirectly their proportionate share of the expenses of other investment companies in which the fund invests.
U.S. Government Securities Risk. Yields available from U.S. government securities are generally lower than yields from many other fixed-income securities.
U.S. Government Sponsored Securities Risk. Securities issued by U.S. government-sponsored or -chartered enterprises such as the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Federal National Mortgage Association, and the Federal Home Loan Banks are not issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury.
Performance
No performance information is shown because the Fund has not yet had a calendar year of performance. The Fund’s performance is benchmarked against the Barclays U.S. Corporate High Yield 2% Issuer Capped Index. Performance information provides an indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. Past performance (before and after taxes) is not necessarily an indication of how the Fund will perform in the future. You may get updated performance information by calling 1-[ ] or online at www.[ ].com.
Management
Investment Advisor:
Principal Management Corporation
Sub-Advisor(s) and Portfolio Manager(s):
Edge Asset Management, Inc.
Charles D. Averill (since 2015), Portfolio Manager
Jill R. Cuniff (since 2015), President and Portfolio Manager
Todd A. Jablonski (since 2015), Portfolio Manager
Principal Global Investors, LLC
Barbara A. McKenzie (since 2015), Portfolio Manager
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares
The Fund issues and redeems Shares at net asset value (“NAV”) only with authorized participants ("APs") who have entered into agreements with the Fund’s distributor and only in blocks of 50,000 Shares (each block of Shares is called a "Creation Unit"), or multiples thereof ("Creation Unit Aggregations"), in exchange for the deposit or delivery of a basket of assets that the Fund specifies each day. Except when aggregated in Creation Units, the Shares are not redeemable securities of the Fund.
Individual Shares of the Fund may be purchased and sold only on a national securities exchange through brokers. Shares of the Fund are expected to be listed for trading on NYSE Arca, Inc. ("NYSE Arca") and because the Shares

6


will trade at market prices rather than NAV, Shares may trade at prices greater than NAV (at a premium), at NAV, or less than NAV (at a discount).
Tax Information
The Fund’s distributions you receive are generally subject to federal income tax as ordinary income or capital gain and may also be subject to state and local taxes, unless you are tax-exempt or your account is tax-deferred in which case your distributions would be taxed when withdrawn from the tax-deferred account.
Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries
If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank, insurance company, investment adviser, etc.), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary's website for more information.


7


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS
The Fund’s investment objective is described in the summary section for the Fund. The summary section also describes the Fund’s principal investment strategies, including the types of securities in which the Fund invests, and the principal risks of investing in the Fund. The principal investment strategies are not the only investment strategies available to the Fund, but they are the ones the Fund primarily uses to achieve its investment objective.
The Board of Trustees may change the Fund's objective or the investment strategies without a shareholder vote if it determines such a change is in the best interests of the Fund. If there is a material change to the Fund's investment objective or investment strategies, you should consider whether the Fund remains an appropriate investment for you. There is no guarantee that the Fund will meet its objective.
The investment strategies identified in this section provide specific information about the Fund, but there are some general principles the Sub-Advisors apply in making investment decisions. When making decisions about whether to buy or sell equity securities, the Sub-Advisors may consider, among other things, a company’s strength in fundamentals, its potential for earnings growth over time, its ability to navigate certain macroeconomic environments, and the current price of its securities relative to their perceived worth and relative to others in its industry. When making decisions about whether to buy or sell fixed-income investments, the Sub-Advisors may consider, among other things, the strength of certain sectors of the fixed-income market relative to others, interest rates, the macroeconomic backdrop, the balance between supply and demand for certain asset classes, other general market conditions, and the credit quality of individual issuers.
The Fund is designed to be a portion of an investor's portfolio. The Fund is not intended to be a complete investment program. Investors should consider the risks of the Fund before making an investment and be prepared to maintain the investment during periods of adverse market conditions. It is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund.
The following table identifies whether the strategies and risks discussed in this section (listed in alphabetical order) are principal or non-principal to the Fund. The Statement of Additional Information ("SAI") contains additional information about investment strategies and their related risks.
The Fund is actively managed and does not seek to replicate the performance of a specified index. On each business day, before commencement of trading on the NYSE Arca, the Fund will disclose on [________________] the identities and quantities of the Fund’s portfolio holdings that will form the basis for the Fund’s calculation of the Fund’s net asset value at the end of the business day.

8


INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS
PRINCIPAL EDGE ACTIVE INCOME ETF
Bank Loans (also known as Senior Floating Rate interests)
Non-Principal
Convertible Securities
Principal
Derivatives
Non-Principal
Emerging Markets
Principal
Equity Securities
Principal
Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs)
Principal
Fixed Income Securities
Principal
Foreign Securities
Principal
Hedging
Non-Principal
High Yield Securities
Principal
Inverse Floating Rate Investments
Principal
Investment Company Risk
Principal
Leverage
Non-Principal
Liquidity Risk (1)
Non-Principal
Management Risk (1)
Non-Principal
Market Volatility and Issuer Risk (1)
Non-Principal
Master Limited Partnerships
Principal
Municipal Obligations and AMT-Subject Bonds
Principal
Portfolio Turnover
Principal
Preferred Securities
Principal
Real Estate Investment Trusts
Principal
Real Estate Securities
Principal
Repurchase Agreements
Non-Principal
Securitized Products
Principal
Shares May Trade at Prices Different than NAV (1)
Non-Principal
Small and Medium Market Capitalization Companies
Non-Principal
Temporary Defensive Measures
Non-Principal
Trading Issues (1)
Non-Principal
(1)  
These risks are not deemed principal for purposes of this table because they apply to almost all funds; however, in certain circumstances, they could significantly affect the net asset value, yield, and total return.
Bank Loans (also known as Senior Floating Rate Interests)
Bank loans typically hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity (the "Borrower"), are typically secured by specific collateral, and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Borrower that is senior to that held by unsecured subordinated debtholders and stockholders of the Borrower. The proceeds of bank loans are primarily used to finance leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, dividends, and, to a lesser extent, to finance internal growth and for other corporate purposes. Bank loans are typically structured and administered by a financial institution that acts as the agent of the lenders participating in the bank loan. Most bank loans that will be purchased by the fund are rated below-investment-grade (sometimes called “junk”) or will be comparable if unrated, which means they are more likely to default than investment-grade loans. A default could lead to non-payment of income which would result in a reduction of income to the fund. There can be no assurance that the liquidation of any collateral would satisfy the Borrower's obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal payments, or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. Most bank loans are not traded on any national securities exchange. Bank loans generally have less liquidity than investment-grade bonds and there may be less public information available about them.
The secondary market for loans may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods, which may cause the fund to be unable to realize full value and thus cause a material decline in the fund's net asset value.
Bank loans pay interest at rates that are periodically reset by reference to a base lending rate plus a spread. These base lending rates are generally the prime rate offered by a designated U.S. bank or the London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or the prime rate offered by one or more major U.S. banks.

9


Bank loans generally are subject to mandatory and/or optional prepayment. Because of these mandatory prepayment conditions and because there may be significant economic incentives for the borrower to repay, prepayments of senior floating rate interests may occur.
Convertible Securities
Convertible securities are usually fixed-income securities that a fund has the right to exchange for equity securities at a specified conversion price. Convertible securities include corporate bonds, notes or preferred stocks of U.S. or foreign issuers. Convertible securities allow the Fund to realize additional returns if the market price of the equity securities exceeds the conversion price. For example, the Fund may hold fixed-income securities that are convertible into shares of common stock at a conversion price of $10 per share. If the market value of the shares of common stock reached $12, the Fund could realize an additional $2 per share by converting its fixed-income securities.
Convertible securities have lower yields than comparable fixed-income securities. In addition, at the time a convertible security is issued the conversion price exceeds the market value of the underlying equity securities. Thus, convertible securities may provide lower returns than non-convertible fixed-income securities or equity securities depending upon changes in the price of the underlying equity securities. However, convertible securities permit the Fund to realize some of the potential appreciation of the underlying equity securities with less risk of losing its initial investment.
Depending on the features of the convertible security, the Fund will treat a convertible security as either a fixed-income or equity security for purposes of investment policies and limitations because of the unique characteristics of convertible securities. The Fund may invest in convertible securities that are below investment grade. Many convertible securities are relatively illiquid.
Derivatives
The Fund may invest in certain derivative strategies to earn income, manage or adjust the risk profile of the Fund, replace more direct investments, or obtain exposure to certain markets. Generally, a derivative is a financial arrangement, the value of which is derived from, or based on, a traditional security, asset, or market index. Certain derivative securities are described more accurately as index/structured securities. Index/structured securities are derivative securities whose value or performance is linked to other equity securities (such as depositary receipts), currencies, interest rates, indices, or other financial indicators (reference indices).
There are many different types of derivatives and many different ways to use them. Futures, forward contracts, and options are commonly used for traditional hedging purposes to attempt to protect a Fund from loss due to changing interest rates, securities prices, asset values, or currency exchange rates and as a low-cost method of gaining exposure to a particular market without investing directly in those securities or assets. The Fund may enter into put or call options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, over-the-counter swap contracts (e.g., interest rate swaps, total return swaps and credit default swaps), currency futures contracts and options, options on currencies, and forward currency contracts for both hedging and non-hedging purposes. The Fund also may use foreign currency options and foreign currency forward contracts to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. A forward currency contract involves a privately negotiated obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date at a price set in the contract. The Fund will not hedge currency exposure to an extent greater than the approximate aggregate market value of the securities held or to be purchased by the Fund (denominated or generally quoted or currently convertible into the currency). The Fund may enter into forward commitment agreements, which call for the Fund to purchase or sell a security on a future date at a fixed price. The Fund may also enter into contracts to sell its investments either on demand or at a specific interval.
Generally, a Fund may not invest in a derivative security unless the reference index or the instrument to which it relates is an eligible investment for the Fund or the reference currency relates to an eligible investment for the Fund.
The return on a derivative security may increase or decrease, depending upon changes in the reference index or instrument to which it relates. If the Fund's Sub-Advisors hedge market conditions incorrectly or employs a strategy that does not correlate well with the Fund's investment, these techniques could result in a loss. These techniques may increase the volatility of the Fund and may involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of the risk assumed.
The risks associated with derivative investments include:
the risk that the underlying security, interest rate, market index, or other financial asset will not move in the direction Principal Management Corporation (“Principal”) and/or Sub-Advisors anticipated;
the possibility that there may be no liquid secondary market which may make it difficult or impossible to close out a position when desired;
the risk that adverse price movements in an instrument can result in a loss substantially greater than the Fund's initial investment;
the possibility that the counterparty may fail to perform its obligations; and

10


the inability to close out certain hedged positions to avoid adverse tax consequences.
Swap agreements involve the risk that the party with whom the Fund has entered into the swap will default on its obligation to pay the Fund and the risk that the Fund will not be able to meet its obligations to pay the other party to the agreement.
Credit default swap agreements involve special risks because they may be difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty). Credit default swaps can increase credit risk because the Fund has exposure to both the issuer of the referenced obligation and the counterparty to the credit default swap.
Forward and futures contracts are subject to special risk considerations. The primary risks associated with the use of these contracts are (a) the imperfect correlation between the change in market value of the instruments held by the Fund and the price of the forward or futures contract; (b) possible lack of a liquid secondary market for a forward or futures contract and the resulting inability to close a forward or futures contract when desired; (c) losses caused by unanticipated market movements, which are potentially unlimited; (d) the sub-advisor’s inability to predict correctly the direction of securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates, asset values, and other economic factors; (e) the possibility that the counterparty will default in the performance of its obligations; and (f) if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell securities from its portfolio to meet daily variation margin requirements, and the Fund may have to sell securities at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.
For currency contracts, there is also a risk of government action through exchange controls that would restrict the ability of the Fund to deliver or receive currency.
Some of the risks associated with options include imperfect correlation, counterparty risk, difference in trading hours for the options markets and the markets for the underlying securities (rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets), and an insufficient liquid secondary market for particular options.
Emerging Markets
Principal defines emerging market securities as those issued by:
companies with their principal place of business or principal office in emerging market countries or
companies whose principal securities trading market is an emerging market country.
Usually, the term "emerging market country" means any country which is considered to be an emerging country by the international financial community (including the MSCI Emerging Markets Index or has a sovereign debt rating of BBB+ or lower based on the lower of S&P and Moody’s ratings). These countries generally include every nation in the world except the U.S., Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand, and most nations located in Western Europe.
Investments in companies of emerging (also called "developing") countries are subject to higher risks than investments in companies in more developed countries. These risks include:
increased social, political, and economic instability;
a smaller market for these securities and low or nonexistent volume of trading that results in a lack of liquidity and in greater price volatility;
lack of publicly available information, including reports of payments of dividends or interest on outstanding securities;
foreign government policies that may restrict opportunities, including restrictions on investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests;
relatively new capital market structure or market-oriented economy;
the possibility that recent favorable economic developments may be slowed or reversed by unanticipated political or social events in these countries;
restrictions that may make it difficult or impossible for the Fund to vote proxies, exercise shareholder rights, pursue legal remedies, and obtain judgments in foreign courts; and
possible losses through the holding of securities in domestic and foreign custodial banks and depositories.
In addition, many developing countries have experienced substantial and, in some periods, extremely high rates of inflation for many years. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had and may continue to have negative effects on the economies and securities markets of those countries.
Repatriation of investment income, capital, and proceeds of sales by foreign investors may require governmental registration and/or approval in some developing countries. The Fund could be adversely affected by delays in or a refusal to grant any required governmental registration or approval for repatriation.

11


Further, the economies of developing countries generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be adversely affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade.
Equity Securities
Equity securities include common stocks, preferred stock, depositary receipts, rights (a right is an offering of common stock to investors who currently own shares which entitle them to buy subsequent issues at a discount from the offering price), and warrants (a warrant grants its owner the right to purchase securities from the issuer at a specified price, normally higher than the current market price). Common stocks, the most familiar type, represent an equity (ownership) interest in a corporation. The value of a company's stock may fall as a result of factors directly relating to that company, such as decisions made by its management or lower demand for the company's products or services. A stock's value may also fall because of factors affecting not just the company, but also companies in the same industry or in a number of different industries, such as increases in production costs. The value of a company's stock may also be affected by changes in financial markets that are relatively unrelated to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates. In addition, a company's stock generally pays dividends only after the company invests in its own business and makes required payments to holders of its bonds and other debt. For this reason, the value of a company's stock will usually react more strongly than its bonds and other debt to actual or perceived changes in the company's financial condition or prospects. Some Funds focus their investments on certain market capitalization ranges. Market capitalization is defined as total current market value of a company's outstanding equity securities. The market capitalization of companies in the Fund’s portfolios and their related indexes will change over time and, the Fund will not automatically sell a security just because it falls outside of the market capitalization range of its index(es). Stocks of smaller companies may be more vulnerable to adverse developments than those of larger companies.
Exchange Traded Funds ("ETFs")
Generally, ETFs (and other exchange-traded equity securities, such as ETPs) invest in a portfolio of securities, but they may also invest in other assets, such as securities indices, government bonds, or currencies. Often ETFs are a type of index or actively managed fund bought and sold on a securities exchange. An ETF trades like common stock. Shares in an index ETF represent an interest in a fixed portfolio of securities designed to track a particular market index. The Fund could purchase shares issued by an ETF to gain exposure to a portion of the U.S. or a foreign market while awaiting purchase of underlying securities or for other reasons. The risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities or other assets they are designed to track, although ETFs have management fees that increase their costs. Fund shareholders indirectly bear their proportionate share of the expenses of the ETFs in which the Fund invests.
Fixed-Income Securities
Fixed-income securities include bonds and other debt instruments that are used by issuers to borrow money from investors (some examples include corporate bonds, convertible bonds, mortgage-backed securities, U.S. government securities and asset-backed securities). The issuer generally pays the investor a fixed, variable, or floating rate of interest. The amount borrowed must be repaid at maturity. Some debt securities, such as zero coupon bonds, do not pay current interest, but are sold at a discount from their face values.
Interest Rate Changes:  Fixed-income securities are sensitive to changes in interest rates. In general, fixed-income security prices rise when interest rates fall and fall when interest rates rise. If interest rates fall, issuers of callable bonds may call (repay) securities with high interest rates before their maturity dates; this is known as call risk. In this case, the Fund would likely reinvest the proceeds from these securities at lower interest rates, resulting in a decline in the Fund's income. Average duration is a mathematical calculation of the average life of a bond (or bonds in a bond fund) that serves as a useful measure of its price risk. Duration is an estimate of how much the value of the bonds held by the Fund will fluctuate in response to a change in interest rates. For example, if the Fund has an average duration of 4 years and interest rates rise by 1%, the value of the bonds held by the Fund will decline by approximately 4%, and if the interest rates decline by 1%, the value of the bonds held by the Fund will increase by approximately 4%. Longer term bonds and zero coupon bonds are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes. Duration, which measures price sensitivity to interest rate changes, is not necessarily equal to average maturity.
Credit Risk:  Fixed-income security prices are also affected by the credit quality of the issuer. Investment grade debt securities are medium and high quality securities. Some bonds, such as lower grade or "junk" bonds, may have speculative characteristics and may be particularly sensitive to economic conditions and the financial condition of the issuers. Credit risk refers to the possibility that the issuer of the security will not be able to make principal and interest payments when due.

12


Fixed income securities include agency securities (debt instruments issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and other federally related entities such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Bank and the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB)); asset-backed securities (debt instruments secured by a loan, lease or receivables against assets); residential mortgage-backed securities (debt instruments secured by a residential mortgage or a collection of mortgages); commercial mortgage-backed securities (debt instruments secured by a loan on a commercial property); inverse floaters (bonds or other types of debt instruments whose coupon rate has an inverse relationship to a benchmark rate); covered securities (secured debt instruments generally issued by credit institutions and backed by a pool of assets usually mortgages or public sector loans; sinking fund securities (bonds or other types of debt instruments that are subject to periodic payments by the issuer to a trustee. The trustee uses the payments to retire part of the bond issuance by purchasing the bonds in the open market); equipment trust certificates (debt instruments secured by equipment or other physical assets, with the title of the equipment or other physical assets held in trust for the holders of the debt instruments); sovereign bonds (debt instruments issued by national governments); convertible bonds (debt instruments that can be converted into common stock of the issuing company); pay-in-kind securities (debt instruments that pay investors in the form of additional securities rather than cash); and step coupon securities (debt instruments that pay interest at predetermined rates which increase or decrease over time).
Foreign Securities
Principal defines foreign securities as those issued by:
companies with their principal place of business or principal office outside the U.S. or
companies whose principal securities trading market is outside the U.S.
Foreign companies may not be subject to the same uniform accounting, auditing, and financial reporting practices as are required of U.S. companies. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than about a U.S. company. Securities of many foreign companies are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. Commissions on foreign securities exchanges may be generally higher than those on U.S. exchanges.
Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures than those in U.S. markets. In certain markets, there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct these transactions. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of Fund assets is not invested and earning no return. If the Fund is unable to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems, the Fund may miss attractive investment opportunities. In addition, the Fund may incur a loss as a result of a decline in the value of its portfolio if it is unable to sell a security.
With respect to certain foreign countries, there is the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political or social instability, or diplomatic developments that could affect the Fund's investments in those countries. In addition, the Fund may also suffer losses due to nationalization, expropriation, or differing accounting practices and treatments. Investments in foreign securities are subject to laws of the foreign country that may limit the amount and types of foreign investments. Changes of governments or of economic or monetary policies, in the U.S. or abroad, changes in dealings between nations, currency convertibility or exchange rates could result in investment losses for the Fund. Finally, even though certain currencies may be convertible into U.S. dollars, the conversion rates may be artificial relative to the actual market values and may be unfavorable to Fund investors. To protect against future uncertainties in foreign currency exchange rates, the Fund is authorized to enter into certain foreign currency exchange transactions.
Foreign securities are often traded with less frequency and volume, and therefore may have greater price volatility, than is the case with many U.S. securities. Brokerage commissions, custodial services, and other costs relating to investment in foreign countries are generally more expensive than in the U.S. Though the Fund intends to acquire the securities of foreign issuers where there are public trading markets, economic or political turmoil in a country in which the Fund has a significant portion of its assets or deterioration of the relationship between the U.S. and a foreign country may reduce the liquidity of the Fund's portfolio. Furthermore, there may be difficulties in obtaining or enforcing judgments against foreign issuers.
The Fund may choose to invest in a foreign company by purchasing depositary receipts. Depositary receipts are certificates of ownership of shares in a foreign-based issuer held by a bank or other financial institution. They are alternatives to purchasing the underlying security but are subject to the foreign securities risks to which they relate.
Hedging
The success of the Fund’s hedging strategy will be subject to the Sub-Advisors’ ability to correctly assess the degree of correlation between the performance of the instruments used in the hedging strategy and the performance of the investments in the portfolio being hedged. Since the characteristics of many securities change as markets change or

13


time passes, the success of the Fund’s hedging strategy will also be subject to the Sub-Advisors’ ability to continually recalculate, readjust, and execute hedges in an efficient and timely manner. For a variety of reasons, the Sub-Advisors may not seek to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Such imperfect correlation may prevent the Fund from achieving the intended hedge or expose the Fund to risk of loss. In addition, it is not possible to hedge fully or perfectly against any risk, and hedging entails its own costs.
High Yield Securities
Below investment grade bonds, which are rated at the time of purchase Ba1 or lower by Moody's and BB+ or lower by S&P (if the bond has been rated by only one of those agencies, that rating will determine if the bond is below investment grade; if the bond has not been rated by either of those agencies, the Sub-Advisors will determine whether the bond is of a quality comparable to those rated below investment grade), are sometimes referred to as high yield or "junk bonds" and are considered speculative. Such securities could be in default at time of purchase.
Investment in high yield bonds involves special risks in addition to the risks associated with investment in highly rated debt securities. High yield bonds may be regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments. Moreover, such securities may, under certain circumstances, be less liquid than higher rated debt securities.
Analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of high yield securities may be more complex than for issuers of higher quality debt securities. The ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objective may, to the extent of its investment in high yield bonds, be more dependent on such credit analysis than would be the case if the Fund were investing in higher quality bonds.
High yield bonds may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than higher-grade bonds. The prices of high yield bonds have been found to be less sensitive to interest rate changes than more highly rated investments, but more sensitive to adverse economic downturns or individual corporate developments. If the issuer of high yield bonds defaults, the Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery. To the extent that such high yield issuers undergo a corporate restructuring, such high yield securities may become exchanged for or converted into reorganized equity of the underlying issuer. High yield bonds oftentimes include complex legal covenants that impose various degrees of restriction on the issuer’s ability to take certain actions, such as distribute cash to equity holders, incur additional indebtedness, and dispose of assets. To the extent that a bond indenture or loan agreement does not contain sufficiently protective covenants or otherwise permits the issuer to take certain actions to the detriment of the holder of the fixed-income security, the underlying value of such fixed-income security may decline.
The secondary market on which high yield bonds are traded may be less liquid than the market for higher-grade bonds. Less liquidity in the secondary trading market could adversely affect the price at which the Fund could sell a high yield bond and could adversely affect and cause large fluctuations in the daily price of the Fund's shares. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the value and liquidity of high yield bonds, especially in a thinly traded market.
The use of credit ratings for evaluating high yield bonds also involves certain risks. For example, credit ratings evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments, not the market value risk of high yield bonds. Also, credit rating agencies may fail to change credit ratings in a timely manner to reflect subsequent events. If a credit rating agency changes the rating of a portfolio security held by the Fund, the Fund may retain the security if Principal or Sub-Advisors think it is in the best interest of shareholders.
Inverse Floating Rate Investments
Inverse floating rate investments are variable rate debt instruments that pay interest at rates that move in the opposite direction of prevailing interest rates. Inverse floating rate investments tend to underperform the market for fixed rate bonds in a rising interest rate environment. Inverse floating rate investments have varying degrees of liquidity. Inverse floating rate investments in which the Fund may invest may include derivative instruments, such as residual interest bonds or tender option bonds. Such instruments are typically created by a special purpose trust that holds long-term fixed rate bonds and sells two classes of beneficial interests: short-term floating rate interests, which are sold to third party investors, and the inverse floating residual interests, which are purchased by the Fund. The Fund generally invests in inverse floating rate investments that include embedded leverage, thus exposing the Fund to greater risks and increased costs. The market value of a "leveraged" inverse floating rate investment generally will fluctuate in response to changes in market rates of interest to a greater extent than the value of an unleveraged investment. The Fund making such an investment will segregate on its books liquid securities having a value equal to the market value of the bonds underlying the “leveraged” inverse floating rate investment.

14


Investment Companies
Because the Fund may invest in other investment companies, its investment performance may depend on the investment performance of the underlying investment companies in which it invests. An investment in an investment company is subject to the risks associated with that investment company. Fund shareholders indirectly bear their proportionate share of the expenses of the investment companies in which the Fund invests.
Leverage
If the Fund makes investments in futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps and other derivative instruments, these instruments provide the economic effect of financial leverage by creating additional investment exposure, as well as the potential for greater loss. If the Fund uses leverage through activities such as borrowing, entering into short sales, purchasing securities on margin or on a “when-issued” basis or purchasing derivative instruments in an effort to increase its returns, the Fund has the risk of magnified capital losses that occur when losses affect an asset base, enlarged by borrowings or the creation of liabilities, that exceeds the net assets of the Fund. The net asset value of the Fund employing leverage will be more volatile and sensitive to market movements. Leverage may involve the creation of a liability that requires the Fund to pay interest. Leveraging may cause the Fund to liquidate portfolio positions to satisfy its obligations or to meet segregation requirements when it may not be advantageous to do so. To the extent that the Fund is not able to close out a leveraged position because of market illiquidity, the Fund’s liquidity may be impaired to the extent that it has a substantial portion of liquid assets segregated or earmarked to cover obligations.
Liquidity Risk
The Fund is exposed to liquidity risk when trading volume, lack of a market maker, or legal restrictions impair the Fund's ability to sell particular securities or close derivative positions at an advantageous price. Funds with principal investment strategies that involve securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations, foreign securities, derivatives, high yield bonds and bank loans or securities with substantial market and/or credit risk tend to have the greatest exposure to liquidity risk.
Management Risk
If a Sub-Advisor's investment strategies do not perform as expected, the Fund could underperform other Funds with similar investment objectives or lose money. As an actively managed Fund, the Fund’s performance will reflect in part the ability of Principal and/or Sub-Advisor(s) to make investment decisions that are suited to achieving the Fund's investment objective. Funds that are actively managed are prepared to invest in securities, sectors, or industries differently from the benchmark.
Market Volatility and Issuer Risk
The value of the Fund's portfolio securities may go down in response to overall stock or bond market movements. Markets tend to move in cycles, with periods of rising prices and periods of falling prices. Stocks tend to go up and down in value more than bonds. If the Fund's investments are concentrated in certain sectors, its performance could be worse than the overall market. The value of an individual security or particular type of security can be more volatile than the market as a whole and can perform differently from the value of the market as a whole. The value of a security may decline for reasons directly related to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods or services. It is possible to lose money when investing in the Fund.
Master Limited Partnerships
Master limited partnerships ("MLPs") tend to pay relatively higher distributions than other types of companies. The amount of cash that each individual MLP can distribute to its partners will depend on the amount of cash it generates from operations, which will vary from quarter to quarter depending on factors affecting the market generally and on factors affecting the particular business lines of the MLP. Available cash will also depend on the MLPs' level of operating costs (including incentive distributions to the general partner), level of capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisition costs (if any), fluctuations in working capital needs and other factors. The benefit derived from investment in MLPs depends largely on the MLPs being treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes. As a partnership, an MLP has no federal income tax liability at the entity level. If, because of a change in current law or a change in an MLP's business, an MLP were to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, the MLP would be obligated to pay federal income tax on its income at the corporate tax rate. If an MLP were to be classified as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, the amount of cash available for distribution would be reduced and the distributions received might be taxed entirely as dividend income.
Municipal Obligations and AMT-Subject Bonds
The term “municipal obligations” generally is understood to include debt obligations issued by municipalities to obtain funds for various public purposes. The two principal classifications of municipal bonds are "general obligation" and "revenue" bonds. General obligation bonds are secured by the issuer's pledge of its full faith and credit, with either limited or unlimited taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Revenue bonds are not supported by the

15


issuer's full taxing authority. Generally, they are payable only from the revenues of a particular facility, a class of facilities, or the proceeds of another specific revenue source.
"AMT-subject bonds" are municipal obligations issued to finance certain "private activities," such as bonds used to finance airports, housing projects, student loan programs, and water and sewer projects. Interest on AMT-subject bonds is an item of tax preference for purposes of the federal individual alternative minimum tax ("AMT") and will also give rise to corporate alternative minimum taxes. See "Tax Considerations" for a discussion of the tax consequences of investing in the Fund.
Current federal income tax laws limit the types and volume of bonds qualifying for the federal income tax exemption of interest, which may have an effect upon the ability of the Fund to purchase sufficient amounts of tax-exempt securities.
Portfolio Turnover
"Portfolio Turnover" is the term used in the industry for measuring the amount of trading that occurs in a Fund's portfolio during the year. For example, a 100% turnover rate means that on average every security in the portfolio has been replaced once during the year. Funds that engage in active trading may have high portfolio turnover rates. Funds with high turnover rates (more than 100%) often have higher transaction costs (which are paid by the Fund) and may lower the Fund's performance. Please consider all the factors when you compare the turnover rates of different Funds.
Preferred Securities
Preferred securities generally pay fixed rate dividends and/or interest (though some are adjustable rate) and typically have "preference" over common stock in payment priority and the liquidation of a company's assets - preference means that a company must pay on its preferred securities before paying on its common stock, and the claims of preferred securities holders are typically ahead of common stockholders' claims on assets in a corporate liquidation. Holders of preferred securities usually have no right to vote for corporate directors or on other matters. The market value of preferred securities is sensitive to changes in interest rates as they are typically fixed income securities - the fixed-income payments are expected to be the primary source of long-term investment return. While some preferred securities are issued with a final maturity date, others are perpetual in nature. In certain instances, a final maturity date may be extended and/or the final payment of principal may be deferred at the issuer’s option for a specified time without triggering an event of default for the issuer. In addition, an issuer of preferred securities may have the right to redeem the securities prior to their stated maturity date. For instance, for certain types of preferred securities, a redemption may be triggered by a change in federal income tax or securities laws. As with call provisions, a redemption by the issuer may reduce the return of the security held by the Fund. Preferred securities may be subject to provisions that allow an issuer, under certain circumstances to skip (indefinitely) or defer (possibly up to 10 years) distributions. If the Fund owns a preferred security that is deferring its distribution, the Fund may be required to report income for tax purposes while it is not receiving any income.
Preferred securities are typically issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest or dividend bearing instruments, or by an affiliated business trust of a corporation, generally in the form of beneficial interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The preferred securities market is generally divided into the $25 par “retail” and the $1,000 par “institutional” segments. The $25 par segment includes securities that are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (exchange traded), which trade and are quoted with accrued dividend or interest income, and which are often callable at par value five years after their original issuance date. The institutional segment includes $1,000 par value securities that are not exchange-listed (over the counter), which trade and are quoted on a “clean” price, i.e., without accrued dividend or interest income, and which often have a minimum of 10 years of call protection from the date of their original issuance.
Real Estate Investment Trusts
Real estate investment trust securities ("REITs") involve certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general (such as possible declines in the value of real estate, lack of availability of mortgage funds, or extended vacancies of property). REITs are characterized as: equity REITs, which primarily own property and generate revenue from rental income; mortgage REITs, which invest in real estate mortgages; and hybrid REITs, which combine the characteristics of both equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, risks of default by borrowers, and self-liquidation. As an investor in a REIT, the Fund will be subject to the REIT’s expenses, including management fees, and will remain subject to the Fund's advisory fees with respect to the assets so invested. REITs are also subject to the possibilities of failing to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded REITs under the Internal Revenue Code, and failing to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act.

16


Investment in REITs involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small market capitalization companies. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume, and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities.
Real Estate Securities
Investing in securities of companies in the real estate industry, subjects the Fund to the special risks associated with the real estate market and the real estate industry in general. Generally, companies in the real estate industry are considered to be those that have principal activity involving the development, ownership, construction, management or sale of real estate; have significant real estate holdings, such as hospitality companies, healthcare facilities, supermarkets, mining, lumber and/or paper companies; and/or provide products or services related to the real estate industry, such as financial institutions that make and/or service mortgage loans and manufacturers or distributors of building supplies. Securities of companies in the real estate industry are sensitive to factors such as loss to casualty or condemnation, changes in real estate values, property taxes, interest rates, cash flow of underlying real estate assets, occupancy rates, government regulations affecting zoning, land use and rents, and the management skill and creditworthiness of the issuer. Companies in the real estate industry may also be subject to liabilities under environmental and hazardous waste laws.
Repurchase Agreements
Repurchase agreements typically involve the purchase of debt securities from a financial institution such as a bank, savings and loan association, or broker-dealer. A repurchase agreement provides that the Fund sells back to the seller and that the seller repurchases the underlying securities at a specified price on a specific date. Repurchase agreements may be viewed as loans by the Fund collateralized by the underlying securities. This arrangement results in a fixed rate of return that is not subject to market fluctuation while the Fund holds the security. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, the affected Fund bears a risk of loss. To minimize such risks, the Fund enters into repurchase agreements only with parties a Sub-Advisor deems creditworthy (those that are large, well-capitalized and well-established financial institutions). In addition, the value of the securities collateralizing the repurchase agreement is, and during the entire term of the repurchase agreement remains, at least equal to the repurchase price, including accrued interest.
Securitized Products
Securitized products are fixed income instruments that represent interest in underlying pools of collateral or assets. The value of the securitized product is derived from the performance, value, and cash flows of the underlying asset(s). The fund’s investments in securitized products are subject to risks similar to traditional fixed income securities, such as credit, interest rate, liquidity, prepayment, extension, and default risk, as well as additional risks associated with the nature of the assets and the servicing of those assets. Prepayment risk may make it difficult to calculate the average life of a fund’s investment in securitized products. Securitized products are generally issued as pass-through certificates, which represent the right to receive principal and interest payments collected on the underlying pool of assets, which are passed through to the security holder. Therefore, repayment depends on the cash flows generated by the underlying pool of assets. The securities may be rated as investment-grade or below-investment-grade.
Mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) represent an interest in a pool of underlying mortgage loans secured by real property. Mortgage-backed securities are sensitive to changes in interest rates, but may respond to these changes differently from other fixed income securities due to the possibility of prepayment of the underlying mortgage loans. If interest rates fall and the underlying loans are prepaid faster than expected, the fund may have to reinvest the prepaid principal in lower yielding securities, thus reducing the fund’s income. Conversely, rising interest rates tend to discourage refinancings and the underlying loans are prepaid more slowly than expected, reducing a fund’s potential to reinvest the principal in higher yielding securities and extending the duration of the underlying loans. In addition, when market conditions result in an increase in default rates on the underlying loans and the foreclosure values of the underlying real estate is less than the outstanding amount due on the underlying loan, collection of the full amount of accrued interest and principal on these investments may be doubtful. The risk of such defaults is generally higher in the case of underlying mortgage pools that include sub-prime mortgages (mortgages granted to borrowers whose credit histories would not support conventional mortgages).
Commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) represent an interest in a pool of underlying commercial mortgage loans secured by real property such as retail, office, hotel, multi-family, and industrial properties. Certain CMBS are issued in several classes with different levels of yield and credit protection, and the CMBS class in which a fund invests usually influences the interest rate, credit, and prepayment risks.
Asset-backed securities (“ABS”) are backed by non-mortgage assets such as company receivables, truck and auto loans, student loans, leases and credit card receivables. Asset-backed securities entail credit risk. They also may present a risk that, in the event of default, the liquidation value of the underlying assets may be inadequate to pay any unpaid interest or principal.
Shares May Trade at Prices Different Than NAV

17


The net asset value (NAV) of the Shares generally will fluctuate with changes in the market value of the Fund's holdings. The market prices of the Shares generally will fluctuate in accordance with changes in NAV, as well as the relative supply of and demand for Shares on NYSE Arca. Principal cannot predict whether the Shares will trade below, at or above their NAV. Price differences may be due largely to the fact that supply and demand forces at work in the secondary trading market for the Shares will be related, but not identical, to the same forces influencing the prices of the securities held by the Fund (individually or in the aggregate) at any time. In addition, disruptions to creations and redemptions or the existence of extreme market volatility may result in trading prices that differ significantly from NAV. If a shareholder purchases at a time when the market price is at a premium to the NAV or sells at a time when the market price is at a discount to the NAV, the shareholder may sustain losses. Given that Shares can be created and redeemed only in Creation Units at NAV, Principal believes that large discounts and premiums should not be sustained over the long term. Since foreign exchanges may be open on days when the Fund does not price its shares, the value of the Fund’s portfolio may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or sell the Fund’s Shares.
Small and Medium Market Capitalization Companies
The Fund may invest in securities of companies with small- or mid-sized market capitalizations. Market capitalization is defined as total current market value of a company's outstanding common stock. Investments in companies with smaller market capitalizations may involve greater risks and price volatility (wide, rapid fluctuations) than investments in larger, more mature companies. Small companies may be less significant within their industries and may be at a competitive disadvantage relative to their larger competitors. While smaller companies may be subject to these additional risks, they may also realize more substantial growth than larger or more established companies.
Smaller companies may be less mature than larger companies. At this earlier stage of development, the companies may have limited product lines, reduced market liquidity for their shares, limited financial resources, or less depth in management than larger or more established companies. Unseasoned issuers are companies with a record of less than three years continuous operation, including the operation of predecessors and parents. Unseasoned issuers by their nature have only a limited operating history that can be used for evaluating the company's growth prospects. As a result, these securities may place a greater emphasis on current or planned product lines and the reputation and experience of the company's management and less emphasis on fundamental valuation factors than would be the case for more mature growth companies.
Temporary Defensive Measures
From time to time, as part of its investment strategy, the Fund may invest without limit in cash and cash equivalents for temporary defensive purposes in response to adverse market, economic, or political conditions. To the extent that the Fund is in a defensive position, it may lose the benefit of upswings and limit its ability to meet its investment objective. For this purpose, cash equivalents include: bank notes, bank certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances, repurchase agreements, commercial paper, and commercial paper master notes, which are floating rate debt instruments without a fixed maturity. In addition, the Fund may purchase U.S. government securities, preferred stocks, and debt securities, whether or not convertible into or carrying rights for common stock.
There is no limit on the extent to which the Fund may take temporary defensive measures. In taking such measures, the Fund may fail to achieve its investment objective.
Trading Issues
Although the shares of the Fund are expected to be listed on the NYSE Arca, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such shares will develop or be maintained.
Trading in Shares on NYSE Arca may be halted due to market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of NYSE Arca, make trading in Shares inadvisable. In addition, trading in Shares on NYSE Arca is subject to trading halts caused by extraordinary market volatility pursuant to NYSE Arca "circuit breaker" rules. There can be no assurance that the requirements of NYSE Arca necessary to maintain the listing of the Fund will continue to be met or will remain unchanged.
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION
A description of the Fund's policies and procedures with respect to disclosure of the Fund's portfolio securities is available in the Fund's SAI.
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
The Manager
Principal Management Corporation (“Principal”) serves as the manager for the Fund. Through the Management Agreement with the Fund, Principal provides investment advisory services and certain corporate administrative services for the Fund.

18


Principal is an indirect subsidiary of Principal Financial Group, Inc. and has managed mutual funds since 1969. Principal’s address is 655 9th Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50392.
The Sub-Advisor(s)
Principal has signed contracts with sub-advisors. Under each sub-advisory agreement, the Sub-Advisor agrees to assume the obligations of Principal to provide investment advisory services to the portion of the assets of the Fund allocated to it by Principal. For these services, Principal pays the Sub-Advisor a fee.
Principal or the Sub-Advisors provide the Trustees of the Fund with a recommended investment program. The program must be consistent with the Fund's investment objective and policies. Within the scope of the approved investment program, the Sub-Advisors advise the Fund on its investment policy and determines which securities are bought or sold, and in what amounts.
The Fund summary identifies the portfolio managers of the Fund. Additional information about the portfolio managers follows. The SAI provides additional information about each portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts the portfolio managers manage, and each portfolio manager’s ownership of securities in the Fund.
 
Sub-Advisor:
Edge Asset Management, Inc. (“Edge”), 601 Union Street, Suite 2200, Seattle, WA 98101-1377, has been in the business of investment management since 1944.
There are multiple portfolio managers, and they allocatio portfolio management responsibilities as follows: [ ].
Charles D. Averill previously was a Senior Quantitative Analyst and has worked at Edge since 1990. He earned a bachelor’s degree in Economics from Reed College and an M.A. in Economics from Princeton University. Mr. Averill has earned the right to use the Chartered Financial Analyst designation.
Jill R. Cuniff became President of Edge in 2009 and became Portfolio Manager in 2010. Before becoming the President of Edge, Ms. Cuniff was the President of Morley Financial. She earned a bachelor’s degree in Business Finance from Montana State University.
Todd A. Jablonski has been with Edge since 2010. Previously, he was Executive Director and Portfolio Manager at UBS. Before that, he was the lead Portfolio Manager of US large cap strategies at Credit Suisse Asset Management. He earned a bachelor’s degree in Economics from the University of Virginia and an M.B.A. with an emphasis in Quantitative Finance from New York University's Stern School of Business. Mr. Jablonski has earned the right to use the Chartered Financial Analyst designation.
 
Sub-Advisor:
Principal Global Investors, LLC (“PGI”), 801 Grand Avenue, Des Moines, IA 50392, manages equity, fixed-income, and real estate investments primarily for institutional investors. PGI's other primary asset management office is in New York, with asset management offices of affiliate advisors in several non-U.S. locations including London, Sydney and Singapore.
Barbara A. McKenzie has been with Principal since 1984. She currently serves as senior executive director -- Chief Operating Officer at PGI. She earned her bachelor's degree from the University of Iowa, and her master's degree from Indiana University.
Edge Asset Management, Inc. (“Edge”) will be responsible for constructing a model portfolio for the Fund each day. The model will express Edge’s view of how the portfolio ought to be constructed that day under ideal circumstances. Edge’s model will not consider issues such as availability of a particular security or the effect a particular security might have on an authorized participant or market maker’s view of the creation basket that the Fund is required to publish before the start of trading each day. Edge’s model each day may consist of no changes to the portfolio since the previous day. In that case, Edge’s model would simply repeat the portfolio from the previous day. But the model may also reflect deletion of securities that Edge believes the Fund should liquidate, in whole or in part, and the acquisition of new securities.
Edge will deliver the model to Principal Global Investors, LLC (“PGI”) each day, leaving sufficient time prior to the open of trading to allow PGI to review the model portfolio and determine whether it wishes to make changes to it. PGI will make changes to the model portfolio if it determines that securities Edge has included will have a detrimental effect on the Creation Unit the Fund will publish before the open of trading the next day. (See “PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS” in the SAI)
 
Fees Paid to Principal
The Fund pays Principal a fee for its services, which includes the fee Principal pays to the Sub-Advisors and to [to be added by amendment] for fund administration, fund accounting and other services . The management fee schedules for the Fund, which has not completed a full fiscal year, are as follows:

19


[Table to be added in later amendment]
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees approval of the management agreement with Principal and the sub-advisory agreements with PGI and Edge will be available in the [annual][semi-annual] report to shareholders for the period ending [DATE].
Manager of Managers
The Fund operates as a Manager of Managers. Under an order received from the SEC (the "current order"), the Fund and Principal may enter into and materially amend agreements with unaffiliated and wholly-owned affiliated sub-advisors (affiliated sub-advisors which are at least 95% owned, directly or indirectly, by Principal or an affiliated person of Principal) without obtaining shareholder approval. Principal may, without obtaining shareholder approval:
hire one or more Sub-Advisors;
change Sub-Advisors; and
reallocate management fees between itself and Sub-Advisors.
Additionally, the Fund has applied to the SEC for an amended e xemptive order, which if granted, would allow Principal to also enter into and materially amend agreements with majority-owned affiliated sub-advisors (affiliated sub-advisors which are at least 50% owned, directly or indirectly, by Principal or an affiliated person of Principal) (the "majority-owned order"). There is no assurance, however, that the SEC will grant the majority-owned order.
Principal has ultimate responsibility for the investment performance of each Fund that utilizes a Sub-Advisor due to its responsibility to oversee Sub-Advisors and recommend their hiring, termination, and replacement. No fund will rely on the current order, the majority-owned order, or any future order until it receives approval from its shareholders (or in the case of a new Fund, the Fund's sole initial shareholder before the Fund is available to other purchasers).
The shareholders of the Fund have approved the Fund’s reliance on the current order. The shareholders of the Fund have also approved reliance on the majority-owned relief, should the SEC grant that relief in the future.
DISTRIBUTOR AND OTHER FUND SERVICE PROVIDERS
[Distributor name to be added in future amendment] (the "Distributor") serves as the distributor of Creation Units for the Fund. The Distributor does not maintain a secondary market in Shares.
[Administrator/Custodian and Transfer Agent name(s) to be added in future amendment] is the administrator, custodian, transfer agent, Fund accounting, and dividend disbursing agent for the Fund.

20


PRICING OF FUND SHARES
The Fund will directly issue and redeem Shares on a continuous basis at net asset value (NAV) per Share in aggregations of 50,000 Shares called “Creation Units.” The value of the Fund’s Shares bought and sold in the secondary market (on NYSE Arca) will be determined by market price, as described in the section below.
The Board of Trustees has delegated day-to-day valuation oversight responsibilities to Principal. Principal has established a Valuation Committee to fulfill these oversight responsibilities. The New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) will disseminate every 15 seconds throughout the trading day through the facilities of the Consolidated Tape Association an amount representing, on a per Share basis, the sum of the current value of the Portfolio Positions that were publicly disclosed prior to the commencement of trading in Shares on the NYSE. This approximate value should not be viewed as a "real-time" update of the NAV per Share of the Fund because the approximate value may not be calculated in the same manner as the NAV, which is computed once a day, at the end of the business day. The Fund is not involved in, or responsible for, the calculation or dissemination of the approximate value and the Fund does not make any warranty as to its accuracy.
[ ]will calculate the NAV of each share of Fund each day the NYSE is open (share prices are not calculated on the days on which the NYSE is closed for trading, generally New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday/ Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas). The share price is determined as of the close of business of the NYSE (normally 3:00 p.m. Central Time).
Notes:
If market quotations are not readily available for a security owned by a Fund, its fair value is determined using a policy adopted by the Directors. Fair valuation pricing is subjective and creates the possibility that the fair value determined for a security may differ materially from the value that could be realized upon the sale of the security.
A Fund's securities may be traded on foreign securities markets that generally complete trading at various times during the day before the close of the NYSE. Foreign securities and currencies are converted to U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect at the close of the NYSE. Securities traded outside of the Western Hemisphere are valued using a fair value policy adopted by the Fund. These fair valuation procedures are intended to discourage shareholders from investing in the Fund for the purpose of engaging in market timing or arbitrage transactions.
The trading of foreign securities generally or in a particular country or countries may not take place on all days the NYSE is open, or may trade on days the NYSE is closed. Thus, the value of the foreign securities held by the Fund may change on days when shareholders are unable to purchase or redeem shares.
Certain securities issued by companies in emerging market countries may have more than one quoted valuation at any point in time. These may be referred to as local price and premium price. The premium price is often a negotiated price that may not consistently represent a price at which a specific transaction can be effected. The Fund has a policy to value such securities at a price at which the Sub-Advisor expects the securities may be sold.
Fund Share Trading Prices – Secondary Market
The trading prices of Shares of the Fund on NYSE Arca may differ from the Fund's daily NAV. The price of the Shares will be subject to factors such as supply and demand, as well as the current value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Secondary market Shares, which are available for purchase or sale on an intraday basis, do not have a fixed relationship to either the previous day’s NAV or to the current day’s NAV. Prices in the secondary market, therefore, may be below, at, or above the most recently calculated NAV per Share.
The approximate value of shares of the Fund, known as the “indicative optimized portfolio value” (“IOPV”) will be disseminated every [fifteen seconds] throughout the trading day by the national securities exchange on which the Fund is listed or by other information providers or market data vendors. The IOPV is based on the current market value of the securities and cash required to be deposited in exchange for a Creation Unit. The IOPV does not necessarily reflect the precise composition of the current portfolio of securities held by the Fund at a particular point in time nor the best possible valuation of the current portfolio. The IOPV should not be viewed as a “real-time” update of the NAV, because the IOPV may not be calculated in the same manner as the NAV, which is computed once a day as discussed below. The IOPV is generally determined by using current market quotations and/or price quotations obtained from broker-dealers that may trade in the portfolio securities held by the Fund. The quotations of certain Fund holdings may not be updated during U.S. trading hours if such holdings do not trade in the U.S. The Fund is not involved in, or responsible for, the calculation or dissemination of the IOPV and makes no warranty as to its accuracy.
Shares of the Fund may trade in the secondary market on days when the Fund does not accept orders to purchase or redeem shares. On such days, shares may trade in the secondary market with more significant premiums or discounts than might otherwise be experienced on days when the Fund accepts purchase and redemption orders.

21


Information regarding how often the Shares of the Fund traded on NYSE Arca at a price above (at a premium) or below (at a discount) the NAV per Share of the Fund during the past four calendar quarters (if available) can be found at [_________________]. Data presented represents past performance and cannot be used to predict future results.
PURCHASE AND SALE OF FUND SHARES
Generally
Shareholders who are not Authorized Participants or “APs" (as defined below) will not be able to purchase or redeem Shares directly with or from the Fund. As a result, most investors will buy and sell Shares of the Fund in secondary market transactions through brokers. Shares of the Fund are expected to be listed for trading on the secondary market on NYSE Arca. Shares can be bought and sold throughout the trading day like other publicly traded shares. There is no minimum investment. When buying or selling Shares through a broker, you will incur customary brokerage commissions and charges, and you may pay some or all of the spread between the bid and the offered price in the secondary market on each leg of a round trip (purchase and sale) transaction. Due to the costs of buying or selling shares, including bid/ask spreads, frequent trading of shares may significantly reduce investment results and an investment in Shares may not be advisable for investors who anticipate regularly making small investments. The Shares of the Fund are expected to trade under the symbol [ ]. Contact your broker for additional information on how to buy and sell Shares.
The Fund will directly issue shares to Authorized Participants on a continuous basis at net asset value (NAV) per Share in aggregations of 50,000 Shares called “Creation Units,” in exchange for portfolio securities. APs may acquire Shares directly from the Fund, and APs may tender their Shares for redemption directly to the Fund, at NAV per Share only in Creation Units or Creation Unit Aggregations, and in accordance with the procedures described in the SAI. An Authorized Participant or “AP” is either: (a) a broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act or other participant in the Continuous Net Settlement System of the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”), a clearing agency registered with the Commission and affiliated with the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”); or (b) a participant in the DTC (such participant, “DTC Participant”). Shares are not individually redeemable, but are redeemable only in Creation Unit aggregations, and in exchange for portfolio securities and/or cash. A Creation Unit of the Fund will consist of a block of 50,000 shares, which is subject to change.
All orders to purchase or redeem Creation Units must be placed with the Distributor by or through an Authorized Participant that has entered into a participant agreement with the Distributor with respect to the creation and redemption of Creation Units. An investor purchasing or redeeming a Creation Unit from the Fund may be charged a fee (“Transaction Fee”) to protect existing shareholders of the Fund from the dilutive costs associated with the purchase and redemption of Creation Units.
Principal may recommend to the Board, and the Board may elect, to liquidate and terminate the Fund at any time without shareholder approval.
Note:
No salesperson, broker-dealer, or other person is authorized to give information or make representations about the Fund other than those contained in this Prospectus. Information or representations not contained in this prospectus may not be relied upon as having been provided or made by the Trust, the Fund, Principal, any Sub-Advisor, or the Distributor.
Book Entry
Shares are held in book-entry form, which means that no stock certificates are issued. The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") or its nominee is the record owner of all outstanding Shares of the Fund and is recognized as the owner of all Shares for all purposes.
Investors owning Shares are beneficial owners as shown on the records of DTC or its participants. DTC serves as the securities depository for all Shares. Participants in DTC include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and other institutions that directly or indirectly maintain a custodial relationship with DTC. As a beneficial owner of Shares, you are not entitled to receive physical delivery of stock certificates or to have Shares registered in your name, and you are not considered a registered owner of Shares. Therefore, to exercise any right as an owner of Shares, you must rely upon the procedures of DTC and its participants. These procedures are the same as those that apply to any other stocks that you hold in book entry or "street name" form.
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
The Fund intends to generally make distributions of net income monthly. The factors that could affect the Fund’s ability to make regular monthly distributions include, without limitation, changes in interest rates, the performance of the financial markets in which the Fund invests, the allocation of Fund assets across different asset classes and investments, the performance of the Fund’s investment strategies, and the amount and timing of the Fund’s prior distributions. The Fund intends to make monthly income payments to shareholders on or about the 15th calendar day

22


of each month. The Fund seeks to tailor the amount of its monthly income payments to moderate fluctuations in the amounts it distributes to shareholders over the course of the year. Although the Fund attempts to moderate fluctuations, the amounts it distributes to shareholders are not fixed and may not be the same each month. Further, the Fund does not guarantee it will make any monthly income payments to its shareholders. The Fund may make an additional distribution at the end of the year in order to comply with applicable law. This additional distribution may include an income component that may be higher or lower than the Fund’s regular monthly income payment. The Fund does not expect to make distributions that will be treated as return of capital, although it cannot guarantee that it will not do so. At the end of the year, the Fund may be required under applicable law to re-characterize distributions for the year among ordinary income, capital gains, and return of capital (if any) for purposes of tax reporting to shareholders.
To the extent that distributions the Fund pays are derived from a source other than net income (such as a return of capital), a notice will be included in your quarterly statement pursuant to Section 19(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and Rule 19a-1 disclosing the source of such distributions. Furthermore, such notices shall be posted monthly on our web site at [_________________]. You may request a copy of all such notices, free of charge, by telephoning [ ]. The amounts and sources of distributions included in such notices are estimates only and you should not rely upon them for purposes of reporting income taxes. The Fund will send shareholders a Form 1099-DIV for the calendar year that will provide shareholders with information for reporting these distributions for federal income tax purposes.
No dividend reinvestment service is provided by the Trust. Broker-dealers may make available DTC book-entry Dividend Reinvestment Service for use by beneficial owners of the Fund for reinvestment of their dividend distributions. Beneficial owners should contact their broker to determine the availability and costs of the service and the details of participation. Brokers may require beneficial owners to adhere to specific procedures and timetables. If this service is available and used, dividend distributions of both income and realized gains will be automatically reinvested in additional whole shares of the Fund purchased in the secondary market.

23


FREQUENT PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS
To minimize the potential consequences of frequent purchases and redemptions of Shares, the Fund employs fair valuation pricing and imposes transaction fees on purchases and redemptions of Creation Units to cover the custodial and other costs the Fund incurs in effecting trades. In addition, Principal monitors trades by APs for patterns of abusive trading, and the Fund reserves the right, without prior written notice, to not accept orders from APs that Principal has determined may be disruptive to the management of the Fund or otherwise are not in the best interests of the Fund. For these reasons, the Board has determined that it is not necessary to impose excessive trading restrictions to implement the Fund’s policy of not knowingly accommodating excessive trading in Fund shares.
TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following discussion summarizes some of the possible consequences under current federal tax law of an investment in the Fund. It is not a substitute for personal tax advice. You also may be subject to state, local, and/or foreign tax on Fund distributions and sales of Shares. Consult your personal tax advisor about the potential tax consequences of an investment in Shares under all applicable tax laws. For more information, please see the section entitled "Taxes" in the SAI.
Taxes
As with any investment, you should consider how your investment in Shares will be taxed. The tax information in this Prospectus is provided as general information. You should consult your own tax professional about the tax consequences of an investment in Shares.
Unless your investment in Shares is made through a tax-exempt entity or tax-deferred retirement account, such as an IRA plan, you need to be aware of the possible tax consequences when:
the Fund makes distributions,
You sell your Shares listed on NYSE Arca, and
You purchase or redeem Creation Units.
Taxes on Distributions
As stated above, dividends from net investment income and net capital gains, ordinarily, are declared and paid monthly. The Fund also may pay a special distribution at the end of the calendar year to comply with federal tax requirements. In general, your distributions are subject to federal income tax when they are paid, whether you take them in cash or reinvest them in the Fund.
Dividends paid out of the Fund's income and net realized short-term capital gains, if any, are generally taxable as ordinary income, except that the Fund’s dividends attributable to its “qualified dividend income” (i.e., dividends received on stock of most domestic and foreign corporations, including Chinese corporations, with respect to which the Fund satisfies certain holding period and other restrictions) generally will be subject to federal income tax for individual and certain other non-corporate shareholders (each, an “individual shareholder”) who satisfy those restrictions with respect to their Fund shares at the lower rates for long-term capital gains—a maximum of 15% (or 20% for individual shareholders with taxable income exceeding certain thresholds, which will be adjusted annually for inflation after 2013). Distributions of net long-term capital gains, if any, in excess of net short-term capital losses are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held the Shares.
Distributions in excess of the Fund's current and accumulated earnings and profits, if any, are treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your basis in the Shares, and as capital gain thereafter. A distribution will reduce the Fund's NAV per Share and may be taxable to you as ordinary income or long-term capital gains even though, from an investment standpoint, the distribution may constitute a return of capital.
By law, the Fund may be required to withhold a percentage of your distributions and proceeds if you have not provided your taxpayer identification number or social security number.
Taxes on Share Sales
Any capital gain or loss you realize upon a sale of Shares generally is treated as long-term capital gain, taxable at the rates mentioned above for individual shareholders, or loss if you held the Shares for more than one year and as short-term capital gain or loss if you held the Shares for one year or less . The ability to deduct capital losses may be limited.

24


Taxes on Purchase and Redemption of Creation Units
An AP who exchanges equity securities for Creation Units generally will recognize a gain or a loss. The gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the market value of the Creation Units at the time and the exchanger's aggregate basis in the securities surrendered and the cash component paid. A person who exchanges Creation Units for equity securities generally will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the exchanger's basis in the Creation Units and the aggregate market value of the securities received and the cash redemption amount. The Internal Revenue Service, however, may assert that a loss realized upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units cannot be deducted currently under the rules governing "wash sales," or on the basis that there has been no significant change in economic position. Persons exchanging securities should consult their own tax advisors with respect to whether wash sale rules apply and when a loss might be deductible.
Any capital gain or loss realized upon redemption of Creation Units generally is treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the Shares have been held for more than one year and as a short-term capital gain or loss if the Shares have been held for one year or less.
DISTRIBUTION PLANS AND INTERMEDIARY COMPENSATION
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees
The Trust has adopted a distribution plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act for the Fund. Under the 12b-1 Plan, the Fund is authorized to pay fees for distribution related expenses and/or for providing services to shareholders of up to [ ]% of the Fund’s average daily net assets each year.
No 12b-1 fees are currently paid by the Fund, and there are no current plans to impose these fees. In addition, no such fee may be paid in the future without further approval by the Board of Trustees, and the Board of Trustees has adopted a resolution that no such fee will be paid for at least 12 months from the date of this prospectus.
However, in the event 12b-1 fees are charged in the future, because Rule 12b-1 fees are paid out of Fund assets and are ongoing fees, over time they will increase the cost of your investment in the Funds and may cost you more than other types of sales charges.
Additional Payments to Intermediaries
Shares of the Fund are sold primarily through intermediaries, such as brokers, dealers, investment advisors, banks, trust companies, pension plan consultants, retirement plan administrators and insurance companies.
In some cases, Principal, the Distributor, or their respective affiliates will provide payments or reimbursements in connection with the costs of conferences, educational seminars, training and marketing efforts related to the Fund. Such activities may be sponsored by intermediaries, Principal, or the Distributor. The costs associated with such activities may include travel, lodging, entertainment, and meals. In some cases, Principal or the Distributor will also provide payment or reimbursement for expenses associated with transactions ("ticket") charges and general marketing expenses. For more information, see the SAI.
The payments described in this prospectus may create a conflict of interest by influencing your Financial Professional or your intermediary to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your Financial Professional or visit your intermediary's website for more information about the total amounts paid to them by Principal and its affiliates, and by sponsors of other mutual funds your Financial Professional may recommend to you.
Your intermediary may charge you additional fees other than those disclosed in this prospectus. Ask your Financial Professional about any fees and commissions they charge.
FUND ACCOUNT INFORMATION
Continuous Offering
The method by which Creation Unit Aggregations of Shares are created and traded may raise certain issues under applicable securities laws. Because new Creation Unit Aggregations of Shares are issued and sold by the Fund on an ongoing basis, a "distribution," as such term is used in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), may occur at any point. Broker-dealers and other persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances, result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a manner which could render them statutory underwriters and subject them to the prospectus delivery requirement and liability provisions of the Securities Act.

25


For example, a broker-dealer firm or its client may be deemed a statutory underwriter if it takes Creation Unit Aggregations after placing an order with the Distributor, breaks them down into constituent Shares and sells such Shares directly to customers, or if it chooses to couple the creation of a supply of new Shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of secondary market demand for Shares. A determination of whether one is an underwriter for purposes of the Securities Act must take into account all the facts and circumstances pertaining to the activities of the broker-dealer or its client in the particular case, and the examples mentioned above should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could lead to a characterization as an underwriter.
Broker-dealer firms also should note that dealers who are not "underwriters" but are effecting transactions in Shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of Shares, generally are required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(a)(3)(C) of the Securities Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the 1940 Act. As a result, broker-dealer firms should note that dealers who are not "underwriters" but are participating in a distribution (as contrasted with engaging in ordinary secondary market transactions), and thus dealing with the Shares that are part of an overallotment within the meaning of Section 4(a)(3)(C) of the Securities Act, will be unable to take advantage of the prospectus delivery exemption provided by Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act. For delivery of prospectuses to exchange members, the prospectus delivery mechanism of Rule 153 under the Securities Act only is available with respect to transactions on a national exchange.
Reservation of Rights
The Trust reserves the right to amend or terminate the Fund, as well as certain terms related to the Fund, described in this prospectus. Shareholders will be notified of any such action to the extent required by law.
Householding
Householding is an option available to certain investors. Householding is a method of delivery, based on the preference of the individual investor, in which a single copy of certain shareholder documents can be delivered to investors who share the same address, even if their accounts are registered under different names. Householding is available through certain broker-dealers. If you are interested in enrolling in householding and receiving a single copy of certain shareholder documents, please contact your broker-dealer. If you are currently enrolled in householding and wish to change your householding status, please contact your broker-dealer.
Multiple Translations
This prospectus may be translated into other languages. In the event of any inconsistencies or ambiguity as to the meaning of any word or phrase in a translation, the English text will prevail.
Financial Statements
Shareholders will receive annual financial statements for the Funds, audited by the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm. Shareholders will also receive a semiannual financial statement that is unaudited.
Section 12(d)(1)
Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act restricts investments by investment companies in the securities of other investment companies. However, registered investment companies are permitted to invest in the Fund beyond the limits set forth in Section 12(d)(1) subject to certain terms and conditions set forth in an SEC exemptive order issued to the Trust, including that such investment companies enter into an agreement with the Trust on behalf of the Fund prior to exceeding the limits imposed by Section 12(d)(1).

26


APPENDIX A – DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. Rating Definitions:
Long-Term Obligation Ratings
Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.
Aaa:
Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.
 
 
Aa:
Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
 
 
A:
Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
 
 
Baa:
Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
 
 
Ba:
Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.
 
 
B:
Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
 
 
Caa:
Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
 
 
Ca:
Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
 
 
C:
Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
NOTE: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers, 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category, the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking, and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
SHORT-TERM NOTES: The four ratings of Moody’s for short-term notes are MIG 1, MIG 2, MIG 3, and MIG 4. MIG 1 denotes “best quality, enjoying strong protection from established cash flows.” MIG 2 denotes “high quality” with “ample margins of protection.” MIG 3 notes are of “favorable quality...but lacking the undeniable strength of the preceding grades.” MIG 4 notes are of “adequate quality, carrying specific risk for having protection...and not distinctly or predominantly speculative.”
Description of Moody’s Commercial Paper Ratings:
Moody’s Commercial Paper ratings are opinions of the ability to repay punctually promissory obligations not having an original maturity in excess of nine months. Moody’s employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment capacity of rated issuers:
Issuers rated Prime-1 (or related supporting institutions) have a superior capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations.
Issuers rated Prime-2 (or related supporting institutions) have a strong capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations.
Issuers rated Prime-3 (or related supporting institutions) have an acceptable capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations.
Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

27




Description of Standard & Poor’s Corporation’s Debt Ratings:
A Standard & Poor’s debt rating is a current assessment of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific obligation. This assessment may take into consideration obligors such as guarantors, insurers, or lessees.
The debt rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell or hold a security, inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor.
The ratings are based on current information furnished by the issuer or obtained by Standard & Poor’s from other sources Standard & Poor’s considers reliable. Standard & Poor’s does not perform an audit in connection with any rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. The ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information, or for other circumstances.
The ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:
I.
Likelihood of default – capacity and willingness of the obligor as to the timely payment of interest and repayment of principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
 
 
II.
Nature of and provisions of the obligation;
 
 
III.
Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditor’s rights.
 
 
AAA:
Debt rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.
 
 
AA:
Debt rated “AA” has a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differs from the highest-rated issues only in small degree.
 
 
A:
Debt rated “A” has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher-rated categories.
 
 
BBB:
Debt rated “BBB” is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category than for debt in higher-rated categories.
 
 
BB, B, CCC, CC:
Debt rated "BB," "B," "CCC," and "CC" is regarded, on balance, as predominantly speculative with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. “BB” indicates the lowest degree of speculation and “CC” the highest degree of speculation. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.
 
 
C:
The rating “C” is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being paid.
 
 
D:
Debt rated “D” is in default, and payment of interest and/or repayment of principal is in arrears.
Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from “AA” to “B” may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
Provisional Ratings: The letter “p” indicates that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project being financed by the bonds being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful and timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of, or the risk of default upon failure of, such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.
NR:
Indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.

28




Standard & Poor’s, Commercial Paper Ratings
A Standard & Poor’s Commercial Paper Rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into four categories, ranging from “A” for the highest quality obligations to “D” for the lowest. Ratings are applicable to both taxable and tax-exempt commercial paper. The four categories are as follows:
A:
Issues assigned the highest rating are regarded as having the greatest capacity for timely payment. Issues in this category are delineated with the numbers 1, 2, and 3 to indicate the relative degree of safety.
 
 
A-1:
This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is either overwhelming or very strong. Issues that possess overwhelming safety characteristics will be given a “+” designation.
 
 
A-2:
Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is strong. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated “A-1.”
 
 
A-3:
Issues carrying this designation have a satisfactory capacity for timely payment. They are, however, somewhat more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the highest designations.
 
 
B:
Issues rated “B” are regarded as having only an adequate capacity for timely payment. However, such capacity may be damaged by changing conditions or short-term adversities.
 
 
C:
This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with a doubtful capacity for payment.
 
 
D:
This rating indicates that the issue is either in default or is expected to be in default upon maturity.
The Commercial Paper Rating is not a recommendation to purchase or sell a security. The ratings are based on current information furnished to Standard & Poor’s by the issuer and obtained by Standard & Poor’s from other sources it considers reliable. The ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in or unavailability of, such information.
Standard & Poor’s rates notes with a maturity of less than three years as follows:
SP-1
A very strong, or strong, capacity to pay principal and interest. Issues that possess overwhelming safety characteristics will be given a “+” designation.
 
 
SP-2
A satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.
 
 
SP-3
A speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
Fitch, Inc. Long-Term Credit Ratings
Investment Grade
AAA:
Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
 
 
AA:
Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
 
 
A:
High credit quality. “A” ratings denote low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
 
 
BBB:
Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

29




Speculative Grade
BB:
Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.
 
 
B:
Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.
 
 
CCC:
Substantial credit risk. ‘CCC’ ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.
 
 
CC:
Very high levels of credit risk. ‘CC’ ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.
 
 
C:
Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. ‘C’ indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.
Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned ‘D’ ratings, but are instead rated in the ‘B’ to ‘C’ rating categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. This approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.
Recovery Ratings
Recovery Ratings are assigned to selected individual securities and obligations. These currently are published for most individual obligations of corporate issuers with IDRs in the ‘B’ rating category and below, and for selected structured finance obligations in low speculative grade.
Among the factors that affect recovery rates for securities are the collateral, the seniority relative to other obligations in the capital structure (where appropriate), and the expected value of the company or underlying collateral in distress.
The Recovery Rating scale is based upon the expected relative recovery characteristics of an obligation upon the curing of a default, emergence from insolvency or following the liquidation or termination of the obligor or its associated collateral. For structured finance, Recovery Ratings are designed to estimate recoveries on a forward-looking basis while taking into account the time value of money.
Recovery Ratings are an ordinal scale and do not attempt to precisely predict a given level of recovery. As a guideline in developing the rating assessments, the agency employs broad theoretical recovery bands in its ratings approach based on historical averages, but actual recoveries for a given security may deviate materially from historical averages.
RR1:
Outstanding recovery prospects given default . ‘RR1’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 91%-100% of current principal and related interest.
 
 
RR2:
Superior recovery prospects given default . ‘RR2’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 71%-90% of current principal and related interest.
 
 
RR3:
Good recovery prospects given default. ‘RR3’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 51%-70% of current principal and related interest.
 
 
RR4:
Average recovery prospects given default. ‘RR4’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 31%-50% of current principal and related interest.
 
 
RR5:
Below average recovery prospects given default. ‘RR5’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 11%-30% of current principal and related interest.
 
 
RR6:
Poor recovery prospects given default. ‘RR6’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 0%-10% of current principal and related interest.

30




Short-Term Credit Ratings
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream, and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, structured and sovereign obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in US public finance markets.
F1:
Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
 
 
F2:
Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
 
 
F3:
Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
 
 
B:
Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
 
 
C:
High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.
 
 
RD:
Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only.
 
 
D:
Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a specific short-term obligation.


31




ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Additional information about the Fund is available in the Statement of Additional Information dated __________, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Additional information about the Fund’s investments is available in the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. In the Fund’s annual report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Fund’s performance during the last fiscal year. The Statement of Additional Information and the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports can be obtained free of charge by writing [ ] In addition, the Fund makes its Statement of Additional Information and annual and semi-annual reports available, free of charge, on our website [ ]. To request this and other information about the Fund and to make shareholder inquiries, telephone [ ]
Information about the Fund (including the Statement of Additional Information) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the Commission at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the Fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the Commission’s internet site at http:// www.sec.gov. Copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the Commission’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-1520.
The U.S. government does not insure or guarantee an investment in any Fund.
Shares of the Fund are not deposits or obligations of, or guaranteed or endorsed by, any financial institution, nor are shares of the Fund federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board, or any other agency.

















Principal Exchange-Traded Funds SEC File ___________



32
 


PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS
Statement of Additional Information
dated ______, ____


This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus. It contains information in addition to the information in the Fund’s prospectus. This prospectus, which we may amend from time to time, contains the basic information you should know before investing in the Fund. You should read this SAI together with the Fund’s prospectus dated [ ].

Incorporation by reference: To be filed by amendment .

For a free copy of the current prospectus semiannual or annual report, call [ ] or write:
Principal Exchange-Traded Funds
[ ]
[ ]

The prospectus may be viewed at www.___________.com.


Fund
Ticker Symbol
Principal U.S. Listing Exchange
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
[Pending]
NYSE Arca


The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed.  We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective.  This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state in which the offer or sale is not permitted.







TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL DESCRIPTON OF TRUST AND FUND
EXCHANGE LISTING & TRADING
DESCRIPTION OF THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
LEADERSHIP STRUCTURE AND BOARD OF TRUSTEES
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS
CALCULATION OF NAV
TAX CONSIDERATIONS
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
PORTFOLIO MANAGER DISCLOSURE
APPENDIX A
APPENDIX B – DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS
APPENDIX C – PROXY VOTING POLICIES
APPENDIX D – FOREIGN MARKET HOLIDAYS


2



GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF TRUST AND FUND
The Principal Exchange-Traded Funds ("the Trust") is a statutory trust organized under the laws of the State of Delaware in 2013 and is authorized to have multiple series or portfolios. The Trust is an open-end management investment company, registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"). The Trust currently consists of one series, the Principal EDGE Active Income ETF (the “Fund”). The Fund is "diversified," and as such, the Fund's investments are required to meet certain diversification requirements under the 1940 Act. The shares of the Fund are referred to herein as "Shares."
The Trust issues and redeems Shares at net asset value ("NAV") only with Authorized Participants (“APs”) and only in aggregations of 50,000 Shares (each a "Creation Unit" or a "Creation Unit Aggregation"), which is subject to change. The Fund issues and redeems Creation Units in exchange for portfolio securities and/or cash, plus a fixed and/or variable transaction fee.
The Fund is expected to be approved for listing, subject to notice of issuance, on NYSE Arca, Inc. ("NYSE Arca" or the "Exchange"). Shares trade on the Exchange at market prices that may be below, at, or above NAV.
EXCHANGE LISTING AND TRADING
Shares of the Fund are expected to be listed for trading and trade throughout the day on NYSE Arca.
Once listed, there can be no assurance that the Fund will continue to meet the requirements of the Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of its Shares. The Exchange may, but is not required to, remove the Shares of the Fund from listing if: (i) following the initial 12-month period beginning at the commencement of trading of the Fund, there are fewer than 50 beneficial owners of the Shares of the Fund for 30 or more consecutive trading days; or (ii) such other event shall occur or condition shall exist that, in the opinion of the Exchange, makes further dealings on such Exchange inadvisable. The Exchange will remove the Shares of the Fund from listing and trading upon termination of the Fund.
As in the case of other stocks traded on the Exchange, brokers' commissions on transactions will be based on negotiated commission rates at customary levels.
The Trust reserves the right to adjust the price levels of the Shares in the future to help maintain convenient trading ranges for investors. Any adjustments would be accomplished through stock splits or reverse stock splits, which would have no effect on the net assets of the Fund.
DESCRIPTION OF THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
Fund Policies
The investment objectives, investment strategies and the principal risks of the Fund are described in the Prospectus. This Statement of Additional Information contains supplemental information about those strategies and risks and the types of securities the Sub-Advisors can select for the Fund. Additional information is also provided about other the strategies that the Fund may use to try to achieve its objective.
The composition of the Fund and the techniques and strategies that the Sub-Advisors may use in selecting securities will vary over time. The Fund is not required to use all of the investment techniques and strategies available to it in seeking its goals.
Unless otherwise indicated, with the exception of the percentage limitations on borrowing, the restrictions apply at the time transactions are entered into. Accordingly, any later increase or decrease beyond the specified limitation, resulting from market fluctuations or in a rating by a rating service, does not require elimination of any security from the Fund’s portfolio.
The investment objective of the Fund and, except as described below as "Fundamental Restrictions," the investment strategies described in this Statement of Additional Information and the Prospectus are not fundamental and may be changed by the Trust’s Board of Trustees without shareholder approval. The Fundamental Restrictions may not be changed without a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, ("1940 Act") provides that "a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities" of the Fund means the affirmative vote of the lesser of 1) more than 50% of the outstanding shares or 2) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding Fund shares are represented at the meeting in person or by proxy. Each share has one vote.

3



With the exception of the diversification test required by the Internal Revenue Code, the Fund will not consider collateral held in connection with securities lending activities when applying any of the following fundamental restrictions or any other investment restriction set forth in the Fund's Prospectus or Statement of Additional Information.
 
Fundamental Restrictions – Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
The following numbered restrictions for the Fund is a matter of fundamental policy and may not be changed without shareholder approval.
1)
The Fund may not issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
2)
The Fund may not purchase or sell commodities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
3)
The Fund may not purchase or sell real estate, which term does not include securities of companies which deal in real estate or mortgages or investments secured by real estate or interests therein, except that the Fund reserves freedom of action to hold and to sell real estate acquired as a result of the Fund’s ownership of securities.
4)
The Fund may not borrow money, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
5)
The Fund may not make loans except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
6)
The Fund has elected to be treated as a “diversified” investment company, as that term is used in the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
7)
The Fund may not concentrate, as that term is used in the 1940 Act, its investments in a particular industry, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time. 
8)
The Fund may not act as an underwriter of securities, except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter in connection with the sale of securities held in its portfolio.
Non-Fundamental Restrictions – Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
The Fund has also adopted the following restrictions that are not fundamental policies and may be changed without shareholder approval. It is contrary to the Fund's present policy to:
1)
Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities and in repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days except to the extent permitted by applicable law.
2)
Pledge, mortgage, or hypothecate its assets, except to secure permitted borrowings. The deposit of underlying securities and other assets in escrow and other collateral arrangements in connection with transactions in put or call options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and over-the-counter swap contracts are not deemed to be pledges or other encumbrances.
3)
Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control or management.
4)
Acquire securities of other investment companies in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or (G) of the 1940 Act, invest more than 10% of its total assets in securities of other investment companies, invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one investment company, or acquire more than 3% of the outstanding voting securities of any one investment company except in connection with a merger, consolidation, or plan of reorganization and except as permitted by the 1940 Act, SEC rules adopted under the 1940 Act or exemptions granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Fund may purchase securities of closed-end investment companies in the open market where no underwriter or dealer’s commission or profit, other than a customary broker’s commission, is involved.
Investment Strategies and Risks
The Fund may not invest in all of the instruments and techniques described below. In addition, the Fund is free to reduce or eliminate its activity with respect to any of the investment techniques described below without changing the Fund’s fundamental investment policies. The Fund will periodically change the composition of its portfolio to best meet its investment objective. The Fund is also indirectly subject to the risks associated with the portfolio securities and investment techniques of other investment companies’ shares that the Fund may purchase. For more information about the Fund’s principal strategies and risks, please see the Fund’s Prospectus.

4



Senior Securities
Under the 1940 Act, a fund that borrows money is required to maintain continuous asset coverage (that is, total assets including borrowings, less liabilities exclusive of borrowings) of 300% of the amount borrowed, with an exception for borrowings not in excess of 5% of the fund’s total assets made for temporary or emergency purposes. Pursuant to SEC staff interpretations of the Act, a fund that purchases securities or makes other investments that have a leveraging effect on the fund (for example, reverse repurchase agreements) must segregate assets to render them not available for sale or other disposition in an amount equal to the amount the fund owes pursuant to the terms of the security or other investment.
Commodities
Under the 1940 Act, a fund's registration statement must recite the fund's policy with regard to investing in commodities. Pursuant to a claim for exclusion filed with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) on behalf of the Fund, neither the Trust nor the Fund is deemed to be a “commodity pool” or “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), and they are therefore not subject to registration or regulation under the CEA. The CFTC recently amended rule 4.5 “Exclusion for certain otherwise regulated persons from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator.” Rule 4.5 provides that an investment company does not meet the definition of “commodity pool operator” if its use of futures contracts, options on futures contracts and swaps is sufficiently limited that the fund can fall within one of two exclusions set out in rule 4.5. The Fund intends to limit its use of futures contracts, options on futures contracts and swaps to the degree necessary to fall within one of the two exclusions. If the Fund is unable to do so, it may incur expenses that are necessary to comply with the CEA and rules the CFTC has adopted under it.
Borrowing
If the Fund invests the proceeds of borrowing, borrowing will tend to exaggerate the effect on net asset value of any increase or decrease in the market value of the Fund’s portfolio. If the Fund invests the proceeds of borrowing, money borrowed will be subject to interest costs that may or may not be recovered by earnings on the securities purchased. The Fund also may be required to maintain minimum average balances in connection with a borrowing or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit; either of these requirements would increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate.
The 1940 Act limits a fund’s ability to borrow money. For example, a fund may borrow for temporary purposes so long as the amount borrowed does not exceed 5% of the fund's total assets.
Industry Concentration
“Concentration” means a fund invests more than 25% of its net assets in a particular industry or group of industries. To monitor compliance with the policy regarding industry concentration, the Fund may use the industry classifications provided by Bloomberg, L.P., the Morgan Stanley Capital International/Standard & Poor's Global Industry Classification Standard (GICS), the Directory of Companies Filing Annual Reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other reasonable industry classification system. The Fund interprets its policy with respect to concentration in a particular industry to apply only to direct investments in the securities of issuers in a particular industry. For purposes of this restriction, government securities such as treasury securities or mortgage-backed securities that are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities are not subject to the Fund’s industry concentration restrictions. The Fund views its investments in privately issued mortgage-related securities, asset-backed securities or tax-exempt municipal securities as not representing interests in any particular industry or group of industries. For information about municipal securities, see the Municipal Obligations section.
Restricted and Illiquid Securities
A fund may experience difficulty in valuing and selling illiquid securities and, in some cases, may be unable to value or sell certain illiquid securities for an indefinite period of time. Illiquid securities may include a wide variety of investments, such as (1) repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days (unless the agreements have demand/redemption features), (2) OTC options contracts and certain other derivatives (including certain swap agreements), (3) fixed time deposits that are not subject to prepayment or do not provide for withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight deposits), (4) loan interests and other direct debt instruments, (5) certain municipal lease obligations, (6) commercial paper issued pursuant to Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act, (7) thinly-traded securities, and (8) securities whose resale is restricted under the federal securities laws or contractual provisions (including restricted, privately placed securities that, under the federal securities laws, generally may be resold only to qualified institutional buyers). Generally, restricted securities may be sold only in a public offering for which a registration statement has been filed and declared effective or in a transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933. When registration is required, a fund that owns restricted securities may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable period may elapse between the time of

5



the decision to sell and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a restricted security. If adverse market conditions were to develop during such a period, the fund might obtain a less favorable price than existed when it decided to sell.
Illiquid and restricted securities are priced at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Directors. The Fund has adopted investment restrictions that limit its investments in restricted securities or other illiquid securities to no more than 15% of its net assets. The Trustees have adopted procedures to determine the liquidity of Rule 4(2) short-term paper and of restricted securities that may be resold under Rule 144A. Securities determined to be liquid under these procedures are excluded from the preceding investment restriction.
Foreign Securities
Foreign companies may not be subject to the same uniform accounting, auditing, and financial reporting practices as are required of U.S. companies. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than about a U.S. company. Securities of many foreign companies are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. Commissions on foreign securities exchanges may be generally higher than those on U.S. exchanges.
Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures than those in U.S. markets. In certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct these transactions. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of a fund's assets is not invested and is earning no return. If a fund is unable to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems, the fund may miss attractive investment opportunities. In addition, a fund may incur a loss as a result of a decline in the value of its portfolio if it is unable to sell a security.
With respect to certain foreign countries, there is the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political, or social instability, or diplomatic developments that could affect a fund's investments in those countries. In addition, a fund may also suffer losses due to nationalization, expropriation, or differing accounting practices and treatments.
Investments in foreign securities are subject to laws of the foreign country that may limit the amount and types of foreign investments. Changes of governments or of economic or monetary policies, in the U.S. or abroad, changes in dealings between nations, currency convertibility, or exchange rates could result in investment losses for a fund. Finally, even though certain currencies may be convertible into U.S. dollars, the conversion rates may be artificial relative to the actual market values and may be unfavorable to a fund's investors.
Foreign securities are often traded with less frequency and volume, and therefore may have greater price volatility, than is the case with many U.S. securities. Brokerage commissions, custodial services, and other costs relating to investment in foreign countries are generally more expensive than in the U.S. Though the Fund intends to acquire the securities of foreign issuers where there are public trading markets, economic or political turmoil in a country in which the Fund has a significant portion of its assets or deterioration of the relationship between the U.S. and a foreign country may negatively impact the liquidity of the Fund's portfolio. The Fund may have difficulty meeting a large number of redemption requests. Furthermore, there may be difficulties in obtaining or enforcing judgments against foreign issuers.
Investments in companies of developing (also called “emerging”) countries are subject to higher risks than investments in companies in more developed countries. These risks include:
increased social, political, and economic instability;
a smaller market for these securities and low or nonexistent volume of trading that results in a lack of liquidity and in greater price volatility;
lack of publicly available information, including reports of payments of dividends or interest on outstanding securities;
foreign government policies that may restrict opportunities, including restrictions on investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests;
relatively new capital market structure or market-oriented economy;
the possibility that recent favorable economic developments may be slowed or reversed by unanticipated political or social events in these countries;
restrictions that may make it difficult or impossible for the fund to vote proxies, exercise shareholder rights, pursue legal remedies, and obtain judgments in foreign courts; and
possible losses through the holding of securities in domestic and foreign custodial banks and depositories.
In addition, many developing countries have experienced substantial and, in some periods, extremely high rates of inflation for many years. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had and may continue to have negative effects on the economies and securities markets of those countries.

6



Repatriation of investment income, capital and proceeds of sales by foreign investors may require governmental registration and/or approval in some developing countries. The Fund could be adversely affected by delays in or a refusal to grant any required governmental registration or approval for repatriation.
Further, the economies of developing countries generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be adversely affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade.
Depositary Receipts
Depositary Receipts are generally subject to the same sort of risks as direct investments in a foreign country, such as, currency risk, political and economic risk, and market risk, because their values depend on the performance of a foreign security denominated in its home currency.
The Fund may invest in foreign securities which means it may invest in:
American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs") - receipts issued by an American bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign issuer. They are designed for use in U.S. securities markets.
European Depositary Receipts ("EDRs") and Global Depositary Receipts ("GDRs") - receipts typically issued by a foreign financial institution to evidence an arrangement similar to that of ADRs.
Depositary Receipts may be issued by sponsored or unsponsored programs. In sponsored programs, an issuer has made arrangements to have its securities traded in the form of Depositary Receipts. In unsponsored programs, the issuer may not be directly involved in the creation of the program. Although regulatory requirements with respect to sponsored and unsponsored programs are generally similar, in some cases it may be easier to obtain financial information from an issuer that has participated in the creation of a sponsored program. Accordingly, there may be less information available regarding issuers of securities of underlying unsponsored programs, and there may not be a correlation between the availability of such information and the market value of the Depositary Receipts.
Securities of Smaller Companies
The Fund may invest in securities of companies with small- or mid-sized market capitalizations. Market capitalization is defined as total current market value of a company's outstanding common stock. Investments in companies with smaller market capitalizations may involve greater risks and price volatility (wide, rapid fluctuations) than investments in larger, more mature companies. Smaller companies may be less mature than older companies. At this earlier stage of development, the companies may have limited product lines, reduced market liquidity for their shares, limited financial resources or less depth in management than larger or more established companies. Small companies also may be less significant within their industries and may be at a competitive disadvantage relative to their larger competitors. While smaller companies may be subject to these additional risks, they may also realize more substantial growth than larger or more established companies. Small company stocks may decline in price as large company stocks rise, or rise in price while larger company stocks decline. Investors should therefore expect the net asset value of a fund that invests a substantial portion of its assets in small company stocks may be more volatile than the shares of a fund that invests solely in larger company stocks.
Unseasoned Issuers
The Fund may invest in the securities of unseasoned issuers. Unseasoned issuers are companies with a record of less than three years continuous operation, including the operation of predecessors and parents. Unseasoned issuers by their nature have only a limited operating history that can be used for evaluating the companies' growth prospects. As a result, investment decisions for these securities may place a greater emphasis on current or planned product lines and the reputation and experience of the company's management and less emphasis on fundamental valuation factors than would be the case for more mature growth companies. In addition, many unseasoned issuers also may be small companies and involve the risks and price volatility associated with smaller companies.
Convertible Securities
A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock, or other security that entitles the holder to acquire common stock or other equity securities of the same or a different issuer. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to non-convertible debt or preferred securities, as applicable. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure and, therefore, generally entail less risk than the corporation’s common stock, although the extent to which such risk is reduced depends in large measure upon the degree to which the convertible security sells above its value as a fixed income security. Convertible securities are subordinate in rank to any senior debt obligations of the issuer, and, therefore, an issuer’s convertible securities entail more risk than its debt obligations. Convertible securities generally

7



offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible debt securities of similar credit quality because of the potential for capital appreciation. In addition, convertible securities are often lower-rated securities.
Because of the conversion feature, the price of the convertible security will normally fluctuate in some proportion to changes in the price of the underlying asset, and as such is subject to risks relating to the activities of the issuer and/or general market and economic conditions. The income component of a convertible security may tend to cushion the security against declines in the price of the underlying asset. However, the income component of convertible securities causes fluctuations based upon changes in interest rates and the credit quality of the issuer.
If the "conversion value" of a convertible security increases to a point that approximates or exceeds its "investment value," the value of the security will be principally influenced by its conversion value. If the conversion value of a convertible security increases to a point that approximates or exceeds its investment value, the value of the security will be principally influenced by its conversion value. A convertible security will sell at a premium over its conversion value to the extent investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding an income-producing security.
A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a predetermined price. If a convertible security held by a fund is called for redemption, the fund would be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security and convert it to underlying common stock, or would sell the convertible security to a third party, which may have an adverse effect on the fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.
Options on Securities and Securities Indices, and Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts
The Fund may each engage in the practices described under this heading.
Options on Securities and Securities Indices. The Fund may write (sell) and purchase call and put options on securities in which it invests and on securities indices based on securities in which the Fund invests. The Fund may engage in these transactions to hedge against a decline in the value of securities owned or an increase in the price of securities which the Fund plans to purchase, or to generate additional revenue.
The Fund may purchase or write both exchange-traded and over-the-counter (“OTC”) options. OTC options differ from exchange-traded options in that they are two-party contracts, with price and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller, and generally do not have as much market liquidity as exchange-traded options. An OTC option (an option not traded on an established exchange) may be closed out only by agreement with the other party to the original option transaction. With OTC options, a fund is at risk that the other party to the transaction will default on its obligations or will not permit the Fund to terminate the transaction before its scheduled maturity. While a fund will seek to enter into OTC options only with dealers who agree to or are expected to be capable of entering into closing transactions with a fund, there can be no assurance that a fund will be able to liquidate an OTC option at a favorable price at any time prior to its expiration. OTC options are not subject to the protections afforded purchasers of listed options by the Options Clearing Corporation or other clearing organizations. An exchange-traded option may be closed out only on an exchange that generally provides a liquid secondary market for an option of the same series. If a liquid secondary market for an exchange-traded option does not exist, it might not be possible to effect a closing transaction with respect to a particular option, with the result that a fund would have to exercise the option in order to consummate the transaction.
Writing Covered Call and Put Options. When a fund writes a call option, it gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy a specific security at a specified price at any time before the option expires. When a fund writes a put option, it gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell to the fund a specific security at a specified price at any time before the option expires. In both situations, the fund receives a premium from the purchaser of the option
The premium received by a fund reflects, among other factors, the current market price of the underlying security, the relationship of the exercise price to the market price, the time period until the expiration of the option and interest rates. The premium generates additional income for the fund if the option expires unexercised or is closed out at a profit. By writing a call, a fund limits its opportunity to profit from any increase in the market value of the underlying security above the exercise price of the option, but it retains the risk of loss if the price of the security should decline. By writing a put, a fund assumes the risk that it may have to purchase the underlying security at a price that may be higher than its market value at time of exercise.
The Fund writes only covered options and comply with applicable regulatory and exchange cover requirements. The Fund usually owns the underlying security covered by any outstanding call option. With respect to an outstanding put option, the Fund deposits and maintains with its custodian or segregates on the Fund's records, cash, or other liquid assets with a value at least equal to the market value of the option that was written.

8



Once a fund has written an option, it may terminate its obligation before the option is exercised. The fund executes a closing transaction by purchasing an option of the same series as the option previously written. The fund has a gain or loss depending on whether the premium received when the option was written exceeds the closing purchase price plus related transaction costs.
Purchasing Call and Put Options. When the fund purchases a call option, it receives, in return for the premium it pays, the right to buy from the writer of the option the underlying security at a specified price at any time before the option expires. A fund purchases call options in anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities that it intends ultimately to buy. During the life of the call option, the fund is able to buy the underlying security at the exercise price regardless of any increase in the market price of the underlying security. In order for a call option to result in a gain, the market price of the underlying security must exceed the sum of the exercise price, the premium paid, and transaction costs.
When a fund purchases a put option, it receives, in return for the premium it pays, the right to sell to the writer of the option the underlying security at a specified price at any time before the option expires. A fund purchases put options in anticipation of a decline in the market value of the underlying security. During the life of the put option, the fund is able to sell the underlying security at the exercise price regardless of any decline in the market price of the underlying security. In order for a put option to result in a gain, the market price of the underlying security must decline, during the option period, below the exercise price enough to cover the premium and transaction costs.
Once a fund purchases an option, it may close out its position by selling an option of the same series as the option previously purchased. The fund has a gain or loss depending on whether the closing sale price exceeds the initial purchase price plus related transaction costs.
Options on Securities Indices. The Fund may purchase and sell put and call options on any securities index based on securities in which the Fund may invest. Securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security. Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except that the exercise of securities index options requires cash payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. The Fund engages in transactions in put and call options on securities indices for the same purposes as they engage in transactions in options on securities. When the Fund writes call options on securities indices, it holds in its portfolio underlying securities which, in the judgment of the Sub-Advisor, correlate closely with the securities index and which have a value at least equal to the aggregate amount of the securities index options.
Risks Associated with Option Transactions. An option position may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series. A fund generally purchases or writes only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market. However, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange exists for any particular option, or at any particular time. If a fund is unable to effect closing sale transactions in options it has purchased, it has to exercise its options in order to realize any profit and may incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities. If the fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction for a covered option that it has written, it is not able to sell the underlying securities, or dispose of the assets held in a segregated account, until the option expires or is exercised. The fund's ability to terminate option positions established in the over-the-counter market may be more limited than for exchange-traded options and may also involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions might fail to meet their obligations.
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. The Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts of many types, including for example, futures contracts covering indexes, financial instruments, and foreign currencies. The Fund may purchase and sell financial futures contracts and options on those contracts. Financial futures contracts are commodities contracts based on financial instruments such as U.S. Treasury bonds or bills or on securities indices such as the S&P 500 Index. Futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and the commodity exchanges on which they are traded are regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Through the purchase and sale of futures contracts and related options, a fund may seek to hedge against a decline in the value of securities owned by the fund or an increase in the price of securities that the fund plans to purchase. The Fund may also purchase and sell futures contracts and related options to maintain cash reserves while simulating full investment in securities and to keep substantially all of its assets exposed to the market. The Fund may enter into futures contracts and related options transactions both for hedging and non-hedging purposes.
Futures Contracts. The Fund may purchase or sell a futures contract to gain exposure to a particular market asset without directly purchasing that asset. When a fund sells a futures contract based on a financial instrument, the fund is obligated to deliver that kind of instrument at a specified future time for a specified price. When a fund purchases that kind of contract, it is obligated to take delivery of the instrument at a specified time and to pay the

9



specified price. In most instances, these contracts are closed out by entering into an offsetting transaction before the settlement date. The fund realizes a gain or loss depending on whether the price of an offsetting purchase plus transaction costs are less or more than the price of the initial sale or on whether the price of an offsetting sale is more or less than the price of the initial purchase plus transaction costs. Although the fund usually liquidates futures contracts on financial instruments, by entering into an offsetting transaction before the settlement date, they may make or take delivery of the underlying securities when it appears economically advantageous to do so.
A futures contract based on a securities index provides for the purchase or sale of a group of securities at a specified future time for a specified price. These contracts do not require actual delivery of securities but result in a cash settlement. The amount of the settlement is based on the difference in value of the index between the time the contract was entered into and the time it is liquidated (at its expiration or earlier if it is closed out by entering into an offsetting transaction).
When a fund purchases or sells a futures contract, it pays a commission to the futures commission merchant through which the fund executes the transaction. When entering into a futures transaction, the fund does not pay the execution price, as it does when it purchases a security, or a premium, as it does when it purchases an option. Instead, the fund deposits an amount of cash or other liquid assets (generally about 5% of the futures contract amount) with its futures commission merchant. This amount is known as "initial margin." In contrast to the use of margin account to purchase securities, the fund's deposit of initial margin does not constitute the borrowing of money to finance the transaction in the futures contract. The initial margin represents a good faith deposit that helps assure the fund's performance of the transaction. The futures commission merchant returns the initial margin to the fund upon termination of the futures contract if the fund has satisfied all its contractual obligations.
Subsequent payments to and from the futures commission merchant, known as "variation margin," are required to be made on a daily basis as the price of the futures contract fluctuates, a process known as "marking to market." The fluctuations make the long or short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable. If the position is closed out by taking an opposite position prior to the settlement date of the futures contract, a final determination of variation margin is made. Any additional cash is required to be paid to or released by the broker and the fund realizes a loss or gain.
In using futures contracts, a fund may seek to establish with more certainty than would otherwise be possible the effective price of or rate of return on portfolio securities or securities that the fund proposes to acquire. A fund, for example, sells futures contracts in anticipation of a rise in interest rates that would cause a decline in the value of its debt investments. When this kind of hedging is successful, the futures contract increases in value when the fund's debt securities decline in value and thereby keeps the fund's net asset value from declining as much as it otherwise would. A fund may also sell futures contracts on securities indices in anticipation of or during a stock market decline in an endeavor to offset a decrease in the market value of its equity investments. When a fund is not fully invested and anticipates an increase in the cost of securities it intends to purchase, it may purchase financial futures contracts. When increases in the prices of equities are expected, a fund may purchase futures contracts on securities indices in order to gain rapid market exposure that may partially or entirely offset increases in the cost of the equity securities it intends to purchase.
Options on Futures Contracts. The Fund may also purchase and write call and put options on futures contracts. A call option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to purchase a futures contract (assume a long position) at a specified exercise price at any time before the option expires. A put option gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to sell a futures contract (assume a short position), for a specified exercise price, at any time before the option expires.
Upon the exercise of a call, the writer of the option is obligated to sell the futures contract (to deliver a long position to the option holder) at the option exercise price, which will presumably be lower than the current market price of the contract in the futures market. Upon exercise of a put, the writer of the option is obligated to purchase the futures contract (deliver a short position to the option holder) at the option exercise price, which will presumably be higher than the current market price of the contract in the futures market. However, as with the trading of futures, most options are closed out prior to their expiration by the purchase or sale of an offsetting option at a market price that reflects an increase or a decrease from the premium originally paid. Options on futures can be used to hedge substantially the same risks addressed by the direct purchase or sale of the underlying futures contracts. For example, if a fund anticipates a rise in interest rates and a decline in the market value of the debt securities in its portfolio, it might purchase put options or write call options on futures contracts instead of selling futures contracts.
If the Fund purchases an option on a futures contract, it may obtain benefits similar to those that would result if it held the futures position itself. But in contrast to a futures transaction, the purchase of an option involves the

10



payment of a premium in addition to transaction costs. In the event of an adverse market movement, however, the Fund is not subject to a risk of loss on the option transaction beyond the price of the premium it paid plus its transaction costs.
When the Fund writes an option on a futures contract, the premium paid by the purchaser is deposited with the Fund's custodian. The Fund must maintain with its futures commission merchant all or a portion of the initial margin requirement on the underlying futures contract. It assumes a risk of adverse movement in the price of the underlying futures contract comparable to that involved in holding a futures position. Subsequent payments to and from the futures commission merchant, similar to variation margin payments, are made as the premium and the initial margin requirements are marked to market daily. The premium may partially offset an unfavorable change in the value of portfolio securities, if the option is not exercised, or it may reduce the amount of any loss incurred by the Fund if the option is exercised.
Risks Associated with Futures Transactions. There are a number of risks associated with transactions in futures contracts and related options. The value of the assets that are the subject of the futures contract may not move in the anticipated direction. The Fund's successful use of futures contracts is subject to the ability of the Sub-Advisor to predict correctly the factors affecting the market values of the Fund's portfolio securities. For example, if the Fund is hedged against the possibility of an increase in interest rates which would adversely affect debt securities held by the Fund and the prices of those debt securities instead increases, the Fund loses part or all of the benefit of the increased value of its securities it hedged because it has offsetting losses in its futures positions. Other risks include imperfect correlation between price movements in the financial instrument or securities index underlying the futures contract, on the one hand, and the price movements of either the futures contract itself or the securities held by the Fund, on the other hand. If the prices do not move in the same direction or to the same extent, the transaction may result in trading losses.
Prior to exercise or expiration, a position in futures may be terminated only by entering into a closing purchase or sale transaction. This requires a secondary market on the relevant contract market. The Fund enters into a futures contract or related option only if there appears to be a liquid secondary market. There can be no assurance, however, that such a liquid secondary market exists for any particular futures contract or related option at any specific time. Thus, it may not be possible to close out a futures position once it has been established. Under such circumstances, the Fund continues to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin in the event of adverse price movements. In such situations, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may be required to sell portfolio securities to meet daily variation margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, the Fund may be required to perform under the terms of the futures contracts it holds. The inability to close out futures positions also could have an adverse impact on the Fund's ability effectively to hedge its portfolio.
Most United States futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. This daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day's settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no more trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. Futures contract prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses.
Limitations on the Use of Futures, Options on Futures Contracts, and Swaps. A fund that utilizes futures contracts, options on futures contracts or swaps has claimed an exclusion from the definition of a “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act. The Commodity Futures Trading Commission recently amended rule 4.5 “Exclusion for certain otherwise regulated persons from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator.” Rule 4.5 provides that a mutual fund does not meet the definition of “commodity pool operator” if its use of futures contracts, options on futures contracts and swaps is sufficiently limited that the fund can fall within one of two exclusions set out in rule 4.5. The Fund intends to limit their use of futures contracts, options on futures contracts and swaps to the degree necessary to fall within one of the two exclusions. If the Fund is unable to do so, it may incur expenses that are necessary to comply with the Commodity Exchange Act and rules the Commodity Futures Trading Commission has adopted under it.
The Fund may enter into futures contracts and related options transactions, for hedging purposes and for other appropriate risk management purposes, and to modify the Fund's exposure to various currency, equity, or fixed-income markets. The Fund may engage in speculative futures trading. When using futures contracts and options

11



on futures contracts for hedging or risk management purposes, the Fund determines that the price fluctuations in the contracts and options are substantially related to price fluctuations in securities held by the Fund or which it expects to purchase. In pursuing traditional hedging activities, the Fund may sell futures contracts or acquire puts to protect against a decline in the price of securities that the Fund owns. The Fund may purchase futures contracts or calls on futures contracts to protect the Fund against an increase in the price of securities the Fund intends to purchase before it is in a position to do so.
When the Fund purchases a futures contract, or writes a call option on a futures contract, it segregates liquid assets that, when added to the value of assets deposited with the futures commission merchant as margin, are equal to the market value of the contract.
High Yield Bonds (“Junk Bonds”)
Some funds invest a portion of their assets in bonds that are rated below investment grade (sometimes called “high yield bonds” or "junk bonds") which are rated at the time of purchase Ba1 or lower by Moody's and BB+ or lower by S&P (if the bond has been rated by only one of those agencies, that rating will determine whether the bond is below investment grade; if the bond has not been rated by either of those agencies, the Sub-Advisor will determine whether the bond is of a quality comparable to those rated below investment grade). Lower rated bonds involve a higher degree of credit risk, which is the risk that the issuer will not make interest or principal payments when due. In the event of an unanticipated default, the Fund would experience a reduction in its income and could expect a decline in the market value of the bonds so affected. Issuers of high yield securities may be involved in restructurings or bankruptcy proceedings that may not be successful.  If an issuer defaults, it may not be able to pay all or a portion of interest and principal owed to the fund, it may exchange the high yield securities owned by the fund for other securities, including equities, and/or the fund may incur additional expenses while seeking recovery of its investment. Some funds may also invest in unrated bonds of foreign and domestic issuers. Unrated bonds, while not necessarily of lower quality than rated bonds, may not have as broad a market. Because of the size and perceived demand of the issue, among other factors, certain municipalities may not incur the expense of obtaining a rating. The Sub-Advisor will analyze the creditworthiness of the issuer, as well as any financial institution or other party responsible for payments on the bond, in determining whether to purchase unrated bonds. Unrated bonds will be included in the limitation the Fund has with regard to high yield bonds unless the Sub-Advisor deems such securities to be the equivalent of investment grade bonds. Some of the high yield securities consist of Rule 144A securities. High yield securities may contain any type of interest rate payment or reset terms, including fixed rate, adjustable rate, zero coupon, contingent, deferred, payment-in-kind and those with auction rate features.
Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities
The yield characteristics of the mortgage- and asset-backed securities in which the Fund may invest differ from those of traditional debt securities. Among the major differences are that the interest and principal payments are made more frequently on mortgage- and asset-backed securities (usually monthly) and that principal may be prepaid at any time because the underlying mortgage loans or other assets generally may be prepaid at any time. As a result, if the Fund purchases those securities at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce their yield, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield. If the Fund purchases these securities at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase their yield, while slower than expected prepayments will reduce their yield. Amounts available for reinvestment by the Fund are likely to be greater during a period of declining interest rates and, as a result, are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of rising interest rates.
In general, the prepayment rate for mortgage-backed securities decreases as interest rates rise and increases as interest rates fall. However, rising interest rates will tend to decrease the value of these securities. In addition, an increase in interest rates may affect the volatility of these securities by effectively changing a security that was considered a short-term security at the time of purchase into a long-term security. Long-term securities generally fluctuate more widely in response to changes in interest rates than short- or medium-term securities.
The market for privately issued mortgage- and asset-backed securities is smaller and less liquid than the market for U.S. government mortgage-backed securities. A collateralized mortgage obligation (“CMO”) may be structured in a manner that provides a wide variety of investment characteristics (yield, effective maturity, and interest rate sensitivity). As market conditions change, and especially during periods of rapid market interest rate changes, the ability of a CMO to provide the anticipated investment characteristics may be greatly diminished. Increased market volatility and/or reduced liquidity may result.
The Fund may invest in each of collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), other collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) and other similarly structured securities. CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust which is often backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below

12



investment grade fixed income securities. The collateral can be from many different types of fixed income securities such as high yield debt, residential privately issued mortgage-related securities, commercial privately issued mortgage-related securities, trust preferred securities and emerging market debt. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. Other CDOs are trusts backed by other types of assets representing obligations of various parties. CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses.
Inflation-Indexed Bonds
The Fund may invest in inflation-indexed bonds or inflation protected debt securities, which are fixed income securities whose value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Two structures are common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers utilize a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Most other issuers pay out the Consumer Price Index accruals as part of a semi-annual coupon. Inflation-indexed securities issued by the U.S. Treasury (Treasury Inflation Protected Securities or TIPS) have maturities of approximately five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. The U.S. Treasury securities pay interest on a semi-annual basis equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if the rate of inflation rises at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds. While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond's inflation measure.
The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-indexed bonds is tied to the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (CPI-U), which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-indexed bonds issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index calculated by that government. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity.
Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”)
REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest in income producing real estate, real estate related loans, or other types of real estate interests. U.S. REITs are allowed to eliminate corporate level federal tax so long as they meet certain requirements of the Internal Revenue Code. Foreign REITs ("REIT-like") entities may have similar tax treatment in their respective countries. Equity real estate investment trusts own real estate properties, while mortgage real estate investment trusts make construction, development, and long-term mortgage loans. Their value may be affected by changes in the underlying property of the trusts, the creditworthiness of the issuer, property taxes, interest rates, and tax and regulatory requirements, such as those relating to the environment. Both types of trusts are not diversified, are dependent upon management skill, are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers, self-liquidation, and the possibility of failing to qualify for tax-free status of income under the Internal Revenue Code and failing to maintain exemption from the 1940 Act. In addition, foreign REIT-like entities will be subject to foreign securities risks. (See "Foreign Securities")
Zero-Coupon Securities
The Fund may invest in zero-coupon securities. Zero-coupon securities have no stated interest rate and pay only the principal portion at a stated date in the future. They usually trade at a substantial discount from their face (par) value. Zero-coupon securities are subject to greater market value fluctuations in response to changing interest rates than debt obligations of comparable maturities that make distributions of interest in cash.
Master Limited Partnerships (“MLPs”)
An MLP is an entity that is generally taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and that derives each year at least 90% of its gross income from "Qualifying Income". Qualifying Income includes interest, dividends, real estate rents, gain from the sale or disposition of real property, income and gain from commodities or commodity futures, and income and gain from mineral or natural resources activities that generate Qualifying Income. MLP interests (known as units) are traded on securities exchanges or over-the-counter. An MLP's organization as a partnership and compliance with the Qualifying Income rules generally eliminates federal tax at the entity level.

13



An MLP has one or more general partners (who may be individuals, corporations, or other partnerships) which manage the partnership, and limited partners, which provide capital to the partnership but have no role in its management. Typically, the general partner is owned by company management or another publicly traded sponsoring corporation. When an investor buys units in an MLP, the investor becomes a limited partner. Holders of MLP units have limited control and voting rights on matters affecting the partnership and are exposed to a remote possibility of liability for all of the obligations of that MLP in the event that a court determines that the rights of the holders of MLP units to vote to remove or replace the general partner of that MLP, to approve amendments to that MLP’s partnership agreement, or to take other action under the partnership agreement of that MLP would constitute “control” of the business of that MLP, or a court or governmental agency determines that the MLP is conducting business in a state without complying with the partnership statute of that state. Holders of MLP units are also exposed to the risk that they will be required to repay amounts to the MLP that are wrongfully distributed to them.
The business of certain MLPs is affected by supply and demand for energy commodities because such MLPs derive revenue and income based upon the volume of the underlying commodity produced, transported, processed, distributed, and/ or marketed. Pipeline MLPs have indirect commodity exposure to oil and gas price volatility because, although they do not own the underlying energy commodity, the general level of commodity prices may affect the volume of the commodity the MLP delivers to its customers and the cost of providing services such as distributing natural gas liquids. The costs of natural gas pipeline MLPs to perform services may exceed the negotiated rates under “negotiated rate” contracts. Processing MLPs may be directly affected by energy commodity prices. Propane MLPs own the underlying energy commodity, and therefore have direct exposure to energy commodity prices. The MLP industry in general could be hurt by market perception that MLP's performance and valuation are directly tied to commodity prices.
Pipeline MLPs are common carrier transporters of natural gas, natural gas liquids (primarily propane, ethane, butane and natural gasoline), crude oil or refined petroleum products (gasoline, diesel fuel and jet fuel). Pipeline MLPs also may operate ancillary businesses such as storage and marketing of such products. Pipeline MLPs derive revenue from capacity and transportation fees. Historically, pipeline output has been less exposed to cyclical economic forces due to its low cost structure and government-regulated nature. In addition, most pipeline MLPs have limited direct commodity price exposure because they do not own the product being shipped.
Processing MLPs are gatherers and processors of natural gas as well as providers of transportation, fractionation and storage of natural gas liquids ("NGLs"). Processing MLPs derive revenue from providing services to natural gas producers, which require treatment or processing before their natural gas commodity can be marketed to utilities and other end user markets. Revenue for the processor is fee based, although it is not uncommon to have some participation in the prices of the natural gas and NGL commodities for a portion of revenue.
Propane MLPs are distributors of propane to homeowners for space and water heating. Propane MLPs derive revenue from the resale of the commodity on a margin over wholesale cost. The ability to maintain margin is a key to profitability. Propane serves approximately 3% of the household energy needs in the United States, largely for homes beyond the geographic reach of natural gas distribution pipelines. Approximately 70% of annual cash flow is earned during the winter heating season (October through March). Accordingly, volumes are weather dependent, but have utility type functions similar to electricity and natural gas.
MLPs operating interstate pipelines and storage facilities are subject to substantial regulation by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission ("FERC"), which regulates interstate transportation rates, services and other matters regarding natural gas pipelines including: the establishment of rates for service; regulation of pipeline storage and liquified natural gas facility construction; issuing certificates of need for companies intending to provide energy services or constructing and operating interstate pipeline and storage facilities; and certain other matters. FERC also regulates the interstate transportation of crude oil, including: regulation of rates and practices of oil pipeline companies; establishing equal service conditions to provide shippers with equal access to pipeline transportation; and establishment of reasonable rates for transporting petroleum and petroleum products by pipeline.
MLPs are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws and health and safety laws as well as laws and regulations specific to their particular activities. These laws and regulations address: health and safety standards for the operation of facilities, transportation systems and the handling of materials; air and water pollution requirements and standards; solid waste disposal requirements; land reclamation requirements; and requirements relating to the handling and disposition of hazardous materials. MLPs are subject to the costs of compliance with such laws applicable to them, and changes in such laws and regulations may adversely affect their results of operations.
MLPs may be subject to liability relating to the release of substances into the environment, including liability under federal “Superfund” and similar state laws for investigation and remediation of releases and threatened releases of hazardous materials, as well as liability for injury and property damage for accidental events, such as explosions or

14



discharges of materials causing personal injury and damage to property. Such potential liabilities could have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition and results of operations of MLPs.
MLPs are subject to numerous business related risks, including: deterioration of business fundamentals reducing profitability due to development of alternative energy sources, consumer sentiment with respect to global warming, changing demographics in the markets served, unexpectedly prolonged and precipitous changes in commodity prices and increased competition that reduces the MLP’s market share; the lack of growth of markets requiring growth through acquisitions; disruptions in transportation systems; the dependence of certain MLPs upon the energy exploration and development activities of unrelated third parties; availability of capital for expansion and construction of needed facilities; a significant decrease in natural gas production due to depressed commodity prices or otherwise; the inability of MLPs to successfully integrate recent or future acquisitions; and the general level of the economy.
Securities Lending
The Fund may lend its portfolio securities. The Fund will not lend its portfolio securities if as a result the aggregate of such loans made by the Fund would exceed the limits established by the 1940 Act (in general, the Fund may not lend more than 33 1/3% of total fund assets). Portfolio securities may be lent to unaffiliated broker-dealers and other unaffiliated qualified financial institutions provided that such loans are callable at any time on not more than five business days' notice and that cash or other liquid assets equal to at least 102% of the market value of the securities loaned, determined daily, is deposited by the borrower with the Fund and is maintained each business day. While such securities are on loan, the borrower pays the Fund any income accruing thereon. The Fund may invest any cash collateral, thereby earning additional income, and may receive an agreed-upon fee from the borrower. Borrowed securities must be returned when the loan terminates. Any gain or loss in the market value of the borrowed securities that occurs during the term of the loan belongs to the Fund and its shareholders. The Fund pays reasonable administrative, custodial, and other fees in connection with such loans and may pay a negotiated portion of the interest earned on the cash or government securities pledged as collateral to the borrower or placing broker. The Fund does not normally retain voting rights attendant to securities it has lent, but it may call a loan of securities in anticipation of an important vote.
Short Sales
A short sale involves the sale by the fund of a security that it does not own with the expectation of covering settlement by purchasing the same security at a later date at a lower price. The fund may also enter into a short position by using a derivative instrument, such as a future, forward, or swap agreement. If the price of the security or derivative increases prior to the time the fund is required to replace the borrowed security, then the fund will incur a loss equal to the increase in price from the time that the short sale was entered into plus any premiums and interest paid to the broker. Therefore, short sales involve the risk that losses may be exaggerated, potentially losing more money than the value of the investment.
A “short sale against the box” is a technique that involves selling either a security owned by the fund, or a security equivalent in kind and amount to the security sold short that the fund has the right to obtain, at no additional cost, for delivery at a specified date in the future. The Fund may enter into a short sale against the box to hedge against anticipated declines in the market price of portfolio securities. If the value of the securities sold short against the box increases prior to the scheduled delivery date, a fund will lose money.
Foreign Currency Transactions
The Fund may engage in foreign currency transactions for both hedging and investment purposes. In addition, certain of the Fund’s investments will be denominated in foreign currencies or traded in securities markets in which settlements are made in foreign currencies. Any income on such investments is generally paid to the Fund in foreign currencies. The value of these foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar varies continually, causing changes in the dollar value of a fund’s portfolio investments (even if the local market price of the investments is unchanged) and changes in the dollar value of a fund’s income available for distribution to its shareholders. The effect of changes in the dollar value of a foreign currency on the dollar value of a fund’s assets and on the net investment income available for distribution may be favorable or unfavorable. The Fund may also use foreign currency transactions to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another.
The Fund may incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. In addition, the Fund may be required to liquidate portfolio assets, or may incur increased currency conversion costs, to compensate for a decline in the dollar value of a foreign currency occurring between the time when the Fund declares and pays a dividend, or between the time when the Fund accrues and pays an operating expense in U.S. dollars.
To protect against a change in the foreign currency exchange rate between the date on which the Fund contracts to purchase or sell a security and the settlement date for the purchase or sale, to gain exposure to one or more foreign

15



currencies or to “lock in” the equivalent of a dividend or interest payment in another currency, the Fund might purchase or sell a foreign currency on a spot ( i.e ., cash) basis at the prevailing spot rate.
Options on Foreign Currencies. In addition, the Fund may buy and write options on foreign currencies in a manner similar to that in which futures or forward contracts on foreign currencies will be utilized. The Fund may use options on foreign currencies to hedge against adverse changes in foreign currency conversion rates. For example, a decline in the U.S. dollar value of a foreign currency in which portfolio securities are denominated will reduce the U.S. dollar value of such securities, even if their value in the foreign currency remains constant. In order to protect against such diminutions in the value of the portfolio securities, the Fund may buy put options on the foreign currency. If the value of the currency declines, the Fund will have the right to sell such currency for a fixed amount in U.S. dollars, thereby offsetting, in whole or in part, the adverse effect on its portfolio. Conversely, when a rise in the U.S. dollar value of a currency in which securities to be acquired are denominated is projected, thereby increasing the cost of such securities, the Fund may buy call options on the foreign currency. The purchase of such options could offset, at least partially, the effects of the adverse movements in exchange rates. As in the case of other types of options, however, the benefit to the Fund from purchases of foreign currency options will be reduced by the amount of the premium and related transaction costs. In addition, if currency exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent desired, the Fund could sustain losses or lesser gains on transactions in foreign currency options that would require the Fund to forgo a portion or all of the benefits of advantageous changes in those rates.
The Fund also may write options on foreign currencies. For example, to hedge against a potential decline in the U.S. dollar due to adverse fluctuations in exchange rates, the Fund could, instead of purchasing a put option, write a call option on the relevant currency. If the decline expected by the Fund occurs, the option will most likely not be exercised and the diminution in value of portfolio securities will be offset at least in part by the amount of the premium received. Similarly, instead of purchasing a call option to hedge against a potential increase in the U.S. dollar cost of securities to be acquired, the Fund could write a put option on the relevant currency which, if rates move in the manner projected by the Fund, will expire unexercised and allow the Fund to hedge the increased cost up to the amount of the premium. If exchange rates do not move in the expected direction, the option may be exercised and the Fund would be required to buy or sell the underlying currency at a loss, which may not be fully offset by the amount of the premium. Through the writing of options on foreign currencies, the Fund also may lose all or a portion of the benefits that might otherwise have been obtained from favorable movements in exchange rates.
Transactions in foreign currencies, foreign currency denominated debt and certain foreign currency options, futures contracts and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. Transactions in non-U.S. currencies are also subject to many of the risks of investing in non-U.S. securities. Because the Fund may invest in foreign securities and foreign currencies, changes in foreign economies and political climates are more likely to affect the Fund than a mutual fund that invests exclusively in U.S. companies. There also may be less government supervision of foreign markets, resulting in non-uniform accounting practices and less publicly available information. If the Fund’s portfolio is over-weighted in a certain geographic region, any negative development affecting that region will have a greater impact on the Fund than a fund that is not over-weighted in that region.
Futures on Currency. A foreign currency future provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified quantity of foreign currency at a specified price and time. A public market exists in futures contracts covering a number of foreign currencies. Currency futures contracts are exchange-traded and change in value to reflect movements of a currency or a basket of currencies. Settlement must be made in a designated currency.
Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts. The Fund may, but is not obligated to, enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts. Currency transactions include forward currency contracts and exchange listed or over-the-counter options on currencies. A forward currency contract involves a privately negotiated obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a specified future date at a price set at the time of the contract.
The typical use of a forward contract is to "lock in" the price of a security in U.S. dollars or some other foreign currency which the Fund is holding in its portfolio. By entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale, for a fixed amount of dollars or other currency, of the amount of foreign currency involved in the underlying security transactions, the Fund may be able to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar or other currency which is being used for the security purchase and the

16



foreign currency in which the security is denominated in or exposed to during the period between the date on which the security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received.
The Sub-Advisor also may from time to time utilize forward contracts for other purposes. For example, they may be used to hedge a foreign security held in the portfolio or a security which pays out principal tied to an exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency, against a decline in value of the applicable foreign currency. They also may be used to lock in the current exchange rate of the currency in which those securities anticipated to be purchased are denominated in or exposed to. At times, the Fund may enter into "cross-currency" hedging transactions involving currencies other than those in which securities are held or proposed to be purchased are denominated.
The Fund segregates liquid assets in an amount equal to (1) at least its daily marked-to-market (net) obligation (i.e., its daily net liability, if any) with respect to forward currency contracts that are cash settled and (2) the net notional value with respect to forward currency contracts that are not cash settled. It should be noted that the use of forward foreign currency exchange contracts does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities. It simply establishes a rate of exchange between the currencies that can be achieved at some future point in time. Additionally, although such contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, they also tend to limit any potential gain that might result if the value of the currency increases.
Currency hedging involves some of the same risks and considerations as other transactions with similar instruments. Currency transactions can result in losses to the Fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or in a direction that is not anticipated. Further, the risk exists that the perceived linkage between various currencies may not be present or may not be present during the particular time that the Fund is engaging in currency hedging. Currency transactions are also subject to risks different from those of other portfolio transactions. Because currency control is of great importance to the issuing governments and influences economic planning and policy, purchases and sales of currency and related instruments can be adversely affected by government exchange controls, limitations or restrictions on repatriation of currency, and manipulations or exchange restrictions imposed by governments. These forms of governmental actions can result in losses to the Fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or monies in settlement of obligations. They could also cause hedges the Fund has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs. Currency exchange rates may also fluctuate based on factors extrinsic to a country's economy. Buyers and sellers of currency forward contracts are subject to the same risks that apply to the use of forward contracts generally. Further, settlement of a currency forward contract for the purchase of most currencies must occur at a bank based in the issuing nation. The ability to establish and close out positions on trading options on currency futures contracts is subject to the maintenance of a liquid market that may not always be available.
Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a forward contract in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a forward counterparty.
Repurchase and Reverse Repurchase Agreements, Mortgage Dollar Rolls and Sale-Buybacks
The Fund may invest in repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements. In a repurchase agreement, the Fund purchases a security and simultaneously commits to resell that security to the seller at an agreed upon price on an agreed upon date within a number of days (usually not more than seven) from the date of purchase. The resale price consists of the purchase price plus an amount that is unrelated to the coupon rate or maturity of the purchased security. A repurchase agreement involves the obligation of the seller to pay the agreed upon price, which obligation is in effect secured by the value (at least equal to the amount of the agreed upon resale price and marked-to-market daily) of the underlying security or "collateral." A risk associated with repurchase agreements is the failure of the seller to repurchase the securities as agreed, which may cause the Fund to suffer a loss if the market value of such securities declines before they can be liquidated on the open market. In the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of the seller, the Fund may encounter delays and incur costs in liquidating the underlying security. Repurchase agreements that mature in more than seven days are subject to the Fund's limit on illiquid investments. While it is not possible to eliminate all risks from these transactions, it is the policy of the Fund to limit repurchase agreements to those parties whose creditworthiness has been reviewed and found satisfactory by the Sub-Advisor.
The Fund may use reverse repurchase agreements, mortgage dollar rolls, and economically similar transactions to obtain cash to satisfy unusually heavy redemption requests or for other temporary or emergency purposes without the necessity of selling portfolio securities, or to earn additional income on portfolio securities, such as Treasury bills or notes. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund sells a portfolio security to another party, such as a bank or broker-dealer, in return for cash and agrees to repurchase the instrument at a particular price and time. While a reverse repurchase agreement is outstanding, the Fund will maintain cash or appropriate liquid assets to cover its

17



obligation under the agreement. The Fund will enter into reverse repurchase agreements only with parties that the Sub-Advisor deems creditworthy. Using reverse repurchase agreements to earn additional income involves the risk that the interest earned on the invested proceeds is less than the expense of the reverse repurchase agreement transaction. This technique may also have a leveraging effect on the Fund, although the Fund's intent to segregate assets in the amount of the reverse repurchase obligation minimizes this effect.
A “mortgage dollar roll” is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement in certain respects. In a “dollar roll” transaction the Fund sells a mortgage-related security, such as a security issued by the Government National Mortgage Association, to a dealer and simultaneously agrees to repurchase a similar security (but not the same security) in the future at a pre-determined price. A dollar roll can be viewed, like a reverse repurchase agreement, as a collateralized borrowing in which the Fund pledges a mortgage-related security to a dealer to obtain cash. Unlike in the case of reverse repurchase agreements, the dealer with which the Fund enters into a dollar roll transaction is not obligated to return the same securities as those originally sold by the Fund, but only securities which are “substantially identical.” To be considered “substantially identical,” the securities returned to the Fund generally must: 1) be collateralized by the same types of underlying mortgages; 2) be issued by the same agency and be part of the same program; 3) have a similar original stated maturity; 4) have identical net coupon rates; 5) have similar market yields (and therefore price); and 6) satisfy “good delivery” requirements, meaning that the aggregate principal amounts of the securities delivered and received back must be within 0.01% of the initial amount delivered.
The Fund's obligations under a dollar roll agreement must be covered by segregated liquid assets equal in value to the securities subject to repurchase by the Fund.
The Fund also may effect simultaneous purchase and sale transactions that are known as “sale-buybacks.” A sale-buyback is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement, except that in a sale-buyback, the counterparty who purchases the security is entitled to receive any principal or interest payments made on the underlying security pending settlement of the Fund's repurchase of the underlying security. The Fund's obligations under a sale-buyback typically would be offset by liquid assets equal in value to the amount of the Fund's forward commitment to repurchase the subject security.
Swap Agreements and Options on Swap Agreements
The Fund may engage in swap transactions, including, but not limited to, swap agreements on interest rates, security or commodity indexes, specific securities and commodities, and credit and event-linked swaps, to the extent permitted by its investment restrictions. To the extent the Fund may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, it may also invest in currency swap agreements and currency exchange rate swap agreements. The Fund may also enter into options on swap agreements (“swap options”).
The Fund may enter into swap transactions for any legal purpose consistent with its investment objectives and policies, such as for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets; to protect against currency fluctuations; as a duration management technique; to protect against any increase in the price of securities
The Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date; to gain exposure to one or more securities, currencies, or interest rates; to take advantage of perceived mispricing in the securities markets; or to gain exposure to certain markets in the most economical way possible.
Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard "swap" transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or "swapped" between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a "notional amount," i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a "basket" of securities or commodities representing a particular index.
Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest (for example, an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments with respect to a notional amount of principal). Forms of swap agreements also include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or "cap"; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or "floor"; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows on a notional amount based on changes in the relative values of the specified currencies. An index swap is an agreement to make or receive

18



payments based on the different returns that would be achieved if a notional amount were invested in a specified basket of securities (such as the S&P 500 Index) or in some other investment (such as U.S. Treasury Securities). A total return swap is an agreement to make payments of the total return from a specified asset or instrument (or a basket of such instruments) during the specified period, in return for payments equal to a fixed or floating rate of interest or the total return from another specified asset or instrument. Alternatively, a total return swap can be structured so that one party will make payments to the other party if the value of the relevant asset or instrument increases, but receive payments from the other party if the value of that asset or instrument decreases. Consistent with the Fund's investment objectives and general investment policies, it may invest in commodity swap agreements. For example, an investment in a commodity swap agreement may involve the exchange of floating-rate interest payments for the total return on a commodity index. In a total return commodity swap, the Fund will receive the price appreciation of a commodity index, a portion of the index, or a single commodity in exchange for paying an agreed-upon fee. If the commodity swap is for one period, the Fund may pay a fixed fee, established at the outset of the swap. However, if the term of the commodity swap is for more than one period, with interim swap payments, the Fund may pay an adjustable or floating fee. With a "floating" rate, the fee may be pegged to a base rate, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate, and is adjusted each period. Therefore, if interest rates increase over the term of the swap contract, the Fund may be required to pay a higher fee at each swap reset date.
The Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements. The "buyer" in a credit default contract is obligated to pay the "seller" a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default on an underlying reference obligation has occurred. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value, or "par value," of the reference obligation in exchange for the reference obligation. The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in a credit default swap transaction. If the Fund is a buyer and no event of default occurs, the Fund will lose its investment and recover nothing. However, if an event of default occurs, the Fund (if the buyer) will receive the full notional value of the reference obligation that may have little or no value. As a seller, the Fund receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between six months and three years, provided that there is no default event. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation. In addition, collateral posting requirements are individually negotiated and there is no regulatory requirement that a counterparty post collateral to secure its obligations or a specified amount of cash, depending upon the terms of the swap, under a credit default swap. Furthermore, there is no requirement that a party be informed in advance when a credit default swap agreement is sold. Accordingly, the Fund may have difficulty identifying the party responsible for payment of its claims. The notional value of credit default swaps with respect to a particular investment is often larger than the total par value of such investment outstanding and, in event of a default, there may be difficulties in making the required deliveries of the reference investments, possibly delaying payments.
The Fund may invest in derivative instruments that provide exposure to one or more credit default swaps. For example, the Fund may invest in a derivative instrument known as the Loan-Only Credit Default Swap Index (“LCDX”), a tradable index with 100 equally-weighted underlying single-name loan-only credit default swaps (“LCDS”). Each underlying LCDS references an issuer whose loans trade in the secondary leveraged loan market. The Fund can either buy the index (take on credit exposure) or sell the index (pass credit exposure to a counterparty). While investing in these types of derivatives will increase the universe of debt securities to which the Fund is exposed, such investments entail additional risks that are not typically associated with investments in other debt securities. Credit default swaps and other derivative instruments related to loans are subject to the risks associated with loans generally, as well as the risks of derivative transactions.
The Fund may invest in publicly or privately issued interests in investment pools whose underlying assets are credit default, credit-linked, interest rate, currency exchange, equity-linked or other types of swap contracts and related underlying securities or securities loan agreements. The pools’ investment results may be designed to correspond generally to the performance of a specified securities index or “basket” of securities, or sometimes a single security. These types of pools are often used to gain exposure to multiple securities with a smaller investment than would be required to invest directly in the individual securities. They also may be used to gain exposure to foreign securities markets without investing in the foreign securities themselves and/or the relevant foreign market. To the extent that the Fund invests in pools of swaps and related underlying securities or securities loan agreements whose return corresponds to the performance of a foreign securities index or one or more foreign securities, investing in such pools will involve risks similar to the risks of investing in foreign securities. In addition to the risks associated with investing in swaps generally, the Fund bears the risks and costs generally associated with investing in pooled investment vehicles, such as paying the fees and expenses of the pool and the risk that the pool or the operator of the pool may default on its obligations to the holder of interests in the pool, such as the Fund. Interests in privately offered investment pools of swaps may be considered illiquid.

19



The Fund may enter into contracts for differences. “Contracts for differences” are swap arrangements in which the Fund may agree with a counterparty that its return (or loss) will be based on the relative performance of two different groups or “baskets” of securities. For example, as to one of the baskets, the Fund’s return is based on theoretical long futures positions in the securities comprising that basket, and as to the other basket, the Fund’s return is based on theoretical short futures positions in the securities comprising that other basket. The notional sizes of the baskets will not necessarily be the same, which can give rise to investment leverage. The Fund may also use actual long and short futures positions to achieve the market exposure(s) as contracts for differences. The Fund may enter into swaps and contracts for differences for investment return, hedging, risk management and for investment leverage.
A swap option (also known as “swaptions”) is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) in return for payment of a premium, to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel, or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. The buyer and seller of the swap option agree on the strike price, length of the option period, the term of the swap, notional amount, amortization and frequency of settlement. The Fund may engage in swap options for hedging purposes or in an attempt to manage and mitigate credit and interest rate risk. The Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swap options. The use of swap options involves risks, including, among others, imperfect correlation between movements of the price of the swap options and the price of the securities, indices or other assets serving as reference instruments for the swap option, reducing the effectiveness of the instrument for hedging or investment purposes.
The swap agreements the Fund enters into settle in cash and, therefore, provide for calculation of the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a “net basis.” Consequently, the Fund's current obligations (or rights) under such a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). The Fund's current obligations under such a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the segregation of assets determined to be liquid by the Manager or Sub-Advisor in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Directors, to avoid any potential leveraging of the Fund's portfolio. Obligations under swap agreements for which the Fund segregates assets will not be construed to be “senior securities” for purposes of the Fund's investment restriction concerning senior securities.
Swaps can be highly volatile and may have a considerable impact on the Fund’s performance, as the potential gain or loss on any swap transaction is not subject to any fixed limit. Whether the Fund's use of swap agreements or swap options will be successful in furthering its investment objective of total return will depend on the ability of the Fund's Manager or Sub-Advisor to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The Fund will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that present minimal credit risks, as determined by the Fund's Manager or Sub-Advisor. Certain restrictions imposed on the Fund by the Internal Revenue Code may limit the Fund’s ability to use swap agreements.
Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, the Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swap option than it will incur when it purchases a swap option. When the Fund purchases a swap option, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when the Fund writes a swap option, upon exercise of the option the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.
Liquidity. Some swap markets have grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, these swap markets have become relatively liquid.
The liquidity of swap agreements will be determined by the Manager or Sub-Advisor based on various factors, including:
the frequency of trades and quotations,
the number of dealers and prospective purchasers in the marketplace,
dealer undertakings to make a market,
the nature of the security (including any demand or tender features), and
the nature of the marketplace for trades (including the ability to assign or offset a portfolio's rights and obligations relating to the investment).
Such determination will govern whether a swap will be deemed to be within the Fund's restriction on investments in illiquid securities.

20



For purposes of applying the Fund’s investment policies and restrictions (as stated in the Prospectuses and this Statement of Additional Information) swap agreements are generally valued by the Fund at market value. In the case of a credit default swap, however, in applying certain of the Fund’s investment policies and restrictions the Fund will value the credit default swap at its notional value or its full exposure value (i.e., the sum of the notional amount for the contract plus the market value), but may value the credit default swap at market value for purposes of applying certain of the Fund’s other investment policies and restrictions. For example, the Fund may value credit default swaps at full exposure value for purposes of the Fund’s credit quality guidelines because such value reflects the Fund’s actual economic exposure during the term of the credit default swap agreement. In this context, both the notional amount and the market value may be positive or negative depending on whether the fund is selling or buying protection through the credit default swap. The manner in which certain securities or other instruments are valued by the Fund for purposes of applying investment policies and restrictions may differ from the manner in which those investments are valued by other types of investors.
Money Market Instruments/Temporary Defensive Position
The Fund may make money market investments (cash equivalents), without limit, pending other investment or settlement, for liquidity, or in adverse market conditions. Following are descriptions of the types of money market instruments that the Fund may purchase:
U.S. Government Securities - Securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, including treasury bills, notes, and bonds.
U.S. Government Agency Securities - Obligations issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government.
U.S. agency obligations include, but are not limited to, the Bank for Cooperatives, Federal Home Loan Banks, and Federal Intermediate Credit Banks.
U.S. instrumentality obligations include, but are not limited to, the Export-Import Bank, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, and Federal National Mortgage Association.
Some obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury. Others, such as those issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association, are supported by discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality. Still others, such as those issued by the Student Loan Marketing Association, are supported only by the credit of the agency or instrumentality.
Bank Obligations - Certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers' acceptances of U.S. commercial banks having total assets of at least one billion dollars and overseas branches of U.S. commercial banks and foreign banks, which in the opinion of the Sub-Advisor, are of comparable quality. The Fund may acquire obligations of U.S. banks that are not members of the Federal Reserve System or of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is no market for such deposits.
Obligations of foreign banks and obligations of overseas branches of U.S. banks are subject to somewhat different regulations and risks than those of U.S. domestic banks. For example, an issuing bank may be able to maintain that the liability for an investment is solely that of the overseas branch which could expose the Fund to a greater risk of loss. In addition, obligations of foreign banks or of overseas branches of U.S. banks may be affected by governmental action in the country of domicile of the branch or parent bank. Examples of adverse foreign governmental actions include the imposition of currency controls, the imposition of withholding taxes on interest income payable on such obligations, interest limitations, seizure or nationalization of assets, or the declaration of a moratorium. Deposits in foreign banks or foreign branches of U.S. banks are not covered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and that the selection of those obligations may be more difficult because there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign banks or the accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements applicable to foreign banks may differ from those applicable to United States banks. Foreign banks are not generally subject to examination by any United States Government agency or instrumentality. The Fund only buys short-term instruments where the risks of adverse governmental

21



action are believed by the Sub-Advisor to be minimal. The Fund considers these factors, along with other appropriate factors, in making an investment decision to acquire such obligations. It only acquires those which, in the opinion of management, are of an investment quality comparable to other debt securities bought by the Fund.
A certificate of deposit is issued against funds deposited in a bank or savings and loan association for a definite period of time, at a specified rate of return. Normally they are negotiable. However, the Fund occasionally may invest in certificates of deposit which are not negotiable. Such certificates may provide for interest penalties in the event of withdrawal prior to their maturity. A bankers' acceptance is a short-term credit instrument issued by corporations to finance the import, export, transfer, or storage of goods. They are termed "accepted" when a bank guarantees their payment at maturity and reflect the obligation of both the bank and drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument at maturity.
Commercial Paper - Short-term promissory notes issued by U.S. or foreign corporations.
Short-term Corporate Debt - Corporate notes, bonds, and debentures that at the time of purchase have 397 days or less remaining to maturity.
Repurchase Agreements - Instruments under which securities are purchased from a bank or securities dealer with an agreement by the seller to repurchase the securities at the same price plus interest at a specified rate.
Taxable Municipal Obligations - Short-term obligations issued or guaranteed by state and municipal issuers which generate taxable income.
The ratings of nationally recognized statistical rating organization ("NRSRO"), such as Moody's Investor Services, Inc. ("Moody's") and Standard & Poor's ("S&P"), which are described in Appendix B, represent their opinions as to the quality of the money market instruments which they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. These ratings, including ratings of NRSROs other than Moody's and S&P, are the initial criteria for selection of portfolio investments, but the Sub-Advisor further evaluates these securities.
Municipal Obligations
Municipal Obligations are obligations issued by or on behalf of states, territories, and possessions of the United States and the District of Columbia and their political subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, including municipal utilities, or multi-state agencies or authorities. The interest on Municipal Obligations is exempt from federal income tax in the opinion of bond counsel to the issuer. Three major classifications of Municipal Obligations are: Municipal Bonds, that generally have a maturity at the time of issue of one year or more; Municipal Notes, that generally have a maturity at the time of issue of six months to three years; and Municipal Commercial Paper, that generally has a maturity at the time of issue of 30 to 270 days.
The term "Municipal Obligations" includes debt obligations issued to obtain funds for various public purposes, including the construction of a wide range of public facilities such as airports, bridges, highways, housing, hospitals, mass transportation, schools, streets, water and sewer works, and electric utilities. Other public purposes for which Municipal Obligations are issued include refunding outstanding obligations, obtaining funds for general operating expenses, and lending such funds to other public institutions and facilities. To the extent that a fund invests a significant portion of its assets in municipal obligations issued in connection with a single project, the fund likely will be affected by the economic, business or political environment of the project.
AMT-Subject Bonds. Industrial development bonds are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide for the construction, equipment, repair or improvement of privately operated housing facilities, sports facilities, convention or trade show facilities, airport, mass transit, industrial, port or parking facilities, air or water pollution control facilities, and certain local facilities for water supply, gas, electricity, or sewage or solid waste disposal. They are considered to be Municipal Obligations if the interest paid thereon qualifies as exempt from federal income tax in the opinion of bond counsel to the issuer, even though the interest may be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.
Municipal Bonds. Municipal Bonds may be either "general obligation" or "revenue" issues. General obligation bonds are secured by the issuer's pledge of its faith, credit, and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Revenue bonds are payable from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise tax or other specific revenue source (e.g., the user of the facilities being financed), but not from the general taxing power. Industrial development bonds and pollution control bonds in most cases are revenue bonds and generally do not carry the pledge of the credit of the issuing municipality. The payment of the principal and interest on industrial revenue bonds depends solely on the ability of the user of the facilities financed by the bonds to meet its financial obligations and the pledge, if any, of real and

22



personal property so financed as security for such payment. Funds may also invest in "moral obligation" bonds that are normally issued by special purpose public authorities. If an issuer of moral obligation bonds is unable to meet its obligations, the repayment of the bonds becomes a moral commitment but not a legal obligation of the state or municipality in question.
Municipal Notes. Municipal Notes usually are general obligations of the issuer and are sold in anticipation of a bond sale, collection of taxes, or receipt of other revenues. Payment of these notes is primarily dependent upon the issuer's receipt of the anticipated revenues. Other notes include "Construction Loan Notes" issued to provide construction financing for specific projects, and "Bank Notes" issued by local governmental bodies and agencies to commercial banks as evidence of borrowings. Some notes ("Project Notes") are issued by local agencies under a program administered by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. Project Notes are secured by the full faith and credit of the United States.
Bond Anticipation Notes ("BANs") are usually general obligations of state and local governmental issuers which are sold to obtain interim financing for projects that will eventually be funded through the sale of long-term debt obligations or bonds. The ability of an issuer to meet its obligations on its BANs is primarily dependent on the issuer's access to the long-term municipal bond market and the likelihood that the proceeds of such bond sales will be used to pay the principal and interest on the BANs.
Tax Anticipation Notes ("TANs") are issued by state and local governments to finance the current operations of such governments. Repayment is generally to be derived from specific future tax revenues. TANs are usually general obligations of the issuer. A weakness in an issuer's capacity to raise taxes due to, among other things, a decline in its tax base or a rise in delinquencies, could adversely affect the issuer's ability to meet its obligations on outstanding TANs.
Revenue Anticipation Notes ("RANs") are issued by governments or governmental bodies with the expectation that future revenues from a designated source will be used to repay the notes. In general they also constitute general obligations of the issuer. A decline in the receipt of projected revenues, such as anticipated revenues from another level of government, could adversely affect an issuer's ability to meet its obligations on outstanding RANs. In addition, the possibility that the revenues would, when received, be used to meet other obligations could affect the ability of the issuer to pay the principal and interest on RANs.
Construction Loan Notes are issued to provide construction financing for specific projects. Permanent financing, the proceeds of which are applied to the payment of construction loan notes, is sometimes provided by a commitment by the Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA") to purchase the loan, accompanied by a commitment by the Federal Housing Administration to insure mortgage advances thereunder. In other instances, permanent financing is provided by commitments of banks to purchase the loan. The Opportunistic Municipal Fund will only purchase construction loan notes that are subject to GNMA or bank purchase commitments.
Bank Notes are notes issued by local governmental bodies and agencies such as those described above to commercial banks as evidence of borrowings. The purposes for which the notes are issued are varied but they are frequently issued to meet short-term working-capital or capital-project needs. These notes may have risks similar to the risks associated with TANs and RANs.
Municipal Commercial Paper. Municipal Commercial Paper refers to short-term obligations of municipalities that may be issued at a discount and may be referred to as Short-Term Discount Notes. Municipal Commercial Paper is likely to be used to meet seasonal working capital needs of a municipality or interim construction financing. Generally they are repaid from general revenues of the municipality or refinanced with long-term debt. In most cases Municipal Commercial Paper is backed by letters of credit, lending agreements, note repurchase agreements or other credit facility agreements offered by banks or other institutions.
Variable and Floating Rate Obligations. Certain Municipal Obligations, obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities, and debt instruments issued by domestic banks or corporations may carry variable or floating rates of interest. Such instruments bear interest at rates which are not fixed, but which vary with changes in specified market rates or indices, such as a bank prime rate or tax-exempt money market index. Variable rate notes are adjusted to current interest rate levels at certain specified times, such as every 30 days. A floating rate note adjusts automatically whenever there is a change in its base interest rate adjustor, e.g., a change in the prime lending rate or specified interest rate indices. Typically such instruments carry demand features permitting the fund to redeem at par.
The fund's right to obtain payment at par on a demand instrument upon demand could be affected by events occurring between the date the fund elects to redeem the instrument and the date redemption proceeds are

23



due which affects the ability of the issuer to pay the instrument at par value. The Sub-Advisor monitors on an ongoing basis the pricing, quality, and liquidity of such instruments and similarly monitors the ability of an issuer of a demand instrument, including those supported by bank letters of credit or guarantees, to pay principal and interest on demand. Although the ultimate maturity of such variable rate obligations may exceed one year, the fund treats the maturity of each variable rate demand obligation as the longer of a) the notice period required before the fund is entitled to payment of the principal amount through demand or b) the period remaining until the next interest rate adjustment. Floating rate instruments with demand features are deemed to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until the principal amount can be recovered through demand.
The Fund may purchase participation interests in variable rate Municipal Obligations (such as industrial development bonds). A participation interest gives the purchaser an undivided interest in the Municipal Obligation in the proportion that its participation interest bears to the total principal amount of the Municipal Obligation. The Fund has the right to demand payment on seven days' notice, for all or any part of the Fund's participation interest in the Municipal Obligation, plus accrued interest. Each participation interest is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit or guarantee of a bank. Banks will retain a service and letter of credit fee and a fee for issuing repurchase commitments in an amount equal to the excess of the interest paid on the Municipal Obligations over the negotiated yield at which the instruments were purchased by the Fund.
Stand-By Commitments. The Fund may acquire stand-by commitments with respect to municipal obligations held in its portfolios. Under a stand-by commitment, a broker-dealer, dealer, or bank would agree to purchase, at the Fund’s option, a specified municipal security at a specified price. Thus, a stand-by commitment may be viewed as the equivalent of a put option acquired by a fund with respect to a particular municipal security held in the Fund's portfolio.
The amount payable to the Fund upon its exercise of a stand-by commitment normally would be 1) the acquisition cost of the municipal security (excluding any accrued interest that the fund paid on the acquisition), less any amortized market premium or plus any amortized market or original issue discount during the period the fund owned the security, plus, 2) all interest accrued on the security since the last interest payment date during the period the security was owned by the fund. Absent unusual circumstances, the fund would value the underlying municipal security at amortized cost. As a result, the amount payable by the broker-dealer, dealer or bank during the time a stand-by commitment is exercisable would be substantially the same as the value of the underlying municipal obligation.
The Fund’s right to exercise a stand-by commitment would be unconditional and unqualified. Although the Fund could not transfer a stand-by commitment, it could sell the underlying municipal security to a third party at any time. It is expected that stand-by commitments generally will be available to the Fund without the payment of any direct or indirect consideration. The Fund may, however, pay for stand-by commitments if such action is deemed necessary. In any event, the total amount paid for outstanding stand-by commitments held in the Fund's portfolio would not exceed 0.50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets calculated immediately after each stand-by commitment is acquired.
The Fund intends to enter into stand-by commitments only with broker-dealers, dealers, or banks that its Sub-Advisors believe present minimum credit risks. The Fund’s ability to exercise a stand-by commitment will depend upon the ability of the issuing institution to pay for the underlying securities at the time the stand-by commitment is exercised. The credit of each institution issuing a stand-by commitment to a fund will be evaluated on an ongoing basis by the Sub-Advisor.
The Fund intends to acquire stand-by commitments solely to facilitate portfolio liquidity and does not intend to exercise its right thereunder for trading purposes. The acquisition of a stand-by commitment would not affect the valuation of the underlying municipal security. Each stand-by commitment will be valued at zero in determining net asset value. Should the Fund pay directly or indirectly for a stand-by commitment, its costs will be reflected in realized gain or loss when the commitment is exercised or expires. The maturity of a municipal security purchased by the Fund will not be considered shortened by any stand-by commitment to which the obligation is subject. Thus, stand-by commitments will not affect the dollar-weighted average maturity of the Fund's portfolio.
Other Municipal Obligations. Other kinds of Municipal Obligations are occasionally available in the marketplace, and the Fund may invest in such other kinds of obligations to the extent consistent with its investment objective and limitations. Such obligations may be issued for different purposes and with different security than those mentioned above.

24



Risks of Municipal Obligations. The yields on Municipal Obligations are dependent on a variety of factors, including general economic and monetary conditions, money market factors, conditions in the Municipal Obligations market, size of a particular offering, maturity of the obligation, and rating of the issue. The Fund's ability to achieve its investment objective also depends on the continuing ability of the issuers of the Municipal Obligations in which it invests to meet its obligation for the payment of interest and principal when due.
Municipal Obligations are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency, and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Act. They are also subject to federal or state laws, if any, which extend the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or impose other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations or upon municipalities to levy taxes. The power or ability of issuers to pay, when due, principal of and interest on Municipal Obligations may also be materially affected by the results of litigation or other conditions.
From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating the federal income tax exemption for interest on Municipal Obligations. It may be expected that similar proposals will be introduced in the future. If such a proposal was enacted, the ability of the Fund to pay "exempt interest" dividends may be adversely affected. The Fund would reevaluate its investment objective and policies and consider changes in its structure.
Other Investment Companies
The Fund may invest in the securities of investment companies, subject to its fundamental and non-fundamental investment restrictions. Securities of other investment companies, including shares of closed-end investment companies, unit investment trusts, various exchange-traded funds ("ETFs"), and other open-end investment companies, represent interests in professionally managed portfolios that may invest in a variety of instruments. Certain types of investment companies, such as closed-end investment companies, issue a fixed number of shares that trade on a stock exchange or over-the-counter at a premium or a discount to their net asset value. Others are continuously offered at net asset value, but may also be traded in the secondary market. ETFs are often structured to perform in a similar fashion to a broad-based securities index. Investing in ETFs involves generally the same risks as investing directly in the underlying instruments. Investing in ETFs involves the risk that they will not perform in exactly the same fashion, or in response to the same factors, as the index or underlying instruments. Shares of ETFs may trade at prices other than NAV.
As a shareholder in an investment company, the Fund would bear its ratable share of that entity's expenses, including its advisory and administrative fees. The Fund would also continue to pay its own advisory fees and other expenses. Consequently, the Fund and its shareholders would, in effect, absorb two levels of fees with respect to investments in other investment companies.
Bank Loans (also known as Senior Floating Rate Interests)
Bank loans typically hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity (the “Borrower”), are typically secured by specific collateral, and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Borrower that is senior to that held by unsecured subordinated debtholders and stockholders of the Borrower. Bank loans are typically structured and administered by a financial institution that acts as the agent of the lenders participating in the bank loan. Bank loans are typically rated below-investment-grade, which means they are more likely to default than investment-grade loans (they could also be unrated but of comparable quality). A default could lead to non-payment of income which would result in a reduction of income to the Fund and there can be no assurance that the liquidation of any collateral would satisfy the Borrower’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal payments, or that such collateral could be readily liquidated.
The primary and secondary market for bank loans may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods, which may cause the Fund to be unable to realize full value and thus cause a material decline in the fund's net asset value.
Bank loans pay interest at rates which are periodically reset by reference to a base lending rate plus a spread. These base lending rates are generally the prime rate offered by a designated U.S. bank or the London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or the prime rate offered by one or more major United States banks.
Bank loans generally are subject to mandatory and/or optional prepayment. Because of these mandatory prepayment conditions and because there may be significant economic incentives for the Borrower to repay, prepayments of senior floating rate interests may occur.
Variable and Floating Rate Instruments
The Fund may purchase variable and floating rate instruments. These instruments may include variable amount master demand notes that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary in addition to providing for periodic adjustments

25



in the interest rate. These instruments may also include leveraged inverse floating rate debt instruments, or “inverse floaters”. The interest rate of an inverse floater resets in the opposite direction from the market rate of interest on a security or interest to which it is related. An inverse floater may be considered to be leveraged to the extent that its interest rate varies by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in the index rate of interest, and is subject to many of the same risks as derivatives. The higher degree of leverage inherent in inverse floaters is associated with greater volatility in their market values. Certain of these investments may be illiquid. The absence of an active secondary market with respect to these investments could make it difficult for the Fund to dispose of a variable or floating rate note if the issuer defaulted on its payment obligation or during periods that the Fund is not entitled to exercise its demand rights, and the Fund could, for these or other reasons, suffer a loss with respect to such instruments.
Pay-in-Kind Securities
The Fund may invest in pay-in-kind securities. Pay-in-kind securities pay dividends or interest in the form of additional securities of the issuer, rather than in cash. These securities are usually issued and traded at a discount from their face amounts. The amount of the discount varies depending on various factors, such as the time remaining until maturity of the securities, prevailing interest rates, the liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. The market prices of pay-in-kind securities generally are more volatile than the market prices of securities that pay interest periodically and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than are other types of securities having similar maturities and credit quality.
Preferred Securities
There are two basic types of preferred securities, traditional preferred securities and hybrid or trust preferred securities.
Traditional Preferred Securities. Traditional preferred securities may be issued by an entity taxable as a corporation and pay fixed or floating rate dividends. However, these claims are subordinated to more senior creditors, including senior debt holders. “Preference” means that a company must pay dividends on its preferred securities before paying any dividends on its common stock, and the claims of preferred securities holders are ahead of common stockholders’ claims on assets in a corporate liquidation. Holders of preferred securities usually have no right to vote for corporate directors or on other matters. Preferred securities share many investment characteristics with both common stock and bonds.
Hybrid or Trust Preferred Securities. Hybrid-preferred securities are debt instruments that have characteristics similar to those of traditional preferred securities (characteristics of both subordinated debt and preferred stock). Hybrid preferred securities may be issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest-bearing instruments with preferred securities characteristics, or by an affiliated trust or partnership of the corporation, generally in the form of preferred interests in subordinated business trusts or similarly structured securities. The hybrid-preferred securities market consists of both fixed and adjustable coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature or have stated maturity dates. Hybrid preferred holders generally have claims to assets in a corporate liquidation that are senior to those of traditional preferred securities but subordinate to those of senior debt holders. Certain subordinated debt and senior debt issues that have preferred characteristics are also considered to be part of the broader preferred securities market.
Preferred securities may be issued by trusts (likely one that is wholly-owned by a financial institution or other corporate entity, typically a bank holding company) or other special purpose entities established by operating companies, and are therefore not direct obligations of operating companies. The financial institution creates the trust and owns the trust’s common securities. The trust uses the sale proceeds of its preferred securities to purchase, for example, subordinated debt issued by the financial institution. The financial institution uses the proceeds from the subordinated debt sale to increase its capital while the trust receives periodic interest payments from the financial institution for holding the subordinated debt. The Trust uses the funds received to make dividend payments to the holders of the trust preferred securities. The primary advantage of this structure may be that the trust preferred securities are treated by the financial institution as debt securities for tax purposes and as equity for the calculation of capital requirements.
Trust preferred securities typically bear a market rate coupon comparable to interest rates available on debt of a similarly rated issuer. Typical characteristics include long-term maturities, early redemption by the issuer, periodic fixed or variable interest payments, and maturities at face value. Holders of trust preferred securities have limited voting rights to control the activities of the trust and no voting rights with respect to the financial institution. The market value of trust preferred securities may be more volatile than those of conventional debt securities. Trust preferred securities may be issued in reliance on Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and subject to restrictions on resale. There can be no assurance as to the liquidity of trust preferred securities and the ability of holders, such

26



as the Fund, to sell its holdings. The condition of the financial institution can be looked to identify the risks of trust preferred securities as the trust typically has no business operations other than to issue the trust preferred securities. If the financial institution defaults on interest payments to the trust, the trust will not be able to make dividend payments to holders of its securities, such as the Fund.
Preferred Securities - Generally. Preferred securities include: traditional preferred securities, hybrid-preferred securities, $25 par hybrid preferred securities, U.S. dividend received deduction (“DRD”) preferred stock, fixed rate and floating rate adjustable preferred securities, step-up preferred securities, public and 144A $1000 par capital securities including U.S. agency subordinated debt issues, tier 2 fixed and floating rate capital securities, alternative tier 1 securities, contingent capital notes ("CoCos"), contingent convertible instruments, trust originated preferred securities, monthly income preferred securities, quarterly income bond securities, quarterly income debt securities, quarterly income preferred securities, corporate trust securities, public income notes, and other trust preferred securities.
Floating rate preferred securities provide for a periodic adjustment in the interest rate paid on the securities. The terms of such securities provide that interest rates are adjusted periodically based upon an interest rate adjustment index. The adjustment intervals may be regular, and range from daily up to annually, or may be event-based, such as a change in the short-term interest rate. Because of the interest rate reset feature, floating rate securities provide the Fund with a certain degree of protection against rising interest rates, although the interest rates of floating rate securities will participate in any declines in interest rates as well.
If a portion of the Fund’s income consists of dividends paid by U.S. corporations, a portion of the dividends paid by the fund may be eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders. In addition, distributions reported by the Fund as derived from qualified dividend income (“QDI”) will be taxed in the hands of individuals at the reduced rates applicable to net capital gains, provided certain holding period and other requirements are met by both the shareholder and the fund. Dividend income that the Fund receives from REITs, if any, will generally not be treated as QDI and will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction. It is unclear the extent to which distributions the Fund receives from investments in certain preferred securities will be eligible for treatment as QDI or for the corporate dividends-received deduction. The Fund cannot predict at this time what portion, if any, of its dividends will qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction or be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation applicable to QDI.
Corporate Reorganizations
Funds may invest in securities for which a tender or exchange offer has been made or announced and in securities of companies for which a merger, consolidation, liquidation or reorganization proposal has been announced if, in the judgment of the Sub-Advisor, there is a reasonable prospect of capital appreciation significantly greater than the brokerage and other transaction expenses involved. The primary risk of such investments is that if the contemplated transaction is abandoned, revised, delayed or becomes subject to unanticipated uncertainties, the market price of the securities may decline below the purchase price paid by the Fund.
In general, securities which are the subject of such an offer or proposal sell at a premium to their historic market price immediately prior to the announcement of the offer or proposal. However, the increased market price of such securities may discount what the stated or appraised value of the security would be if the contemplated transaction were approved or consummated. Such investments may be advantageous when the discount significantly overstates the risk of the contingencies involved; significantly undervalues the securities, assets or cash to be received by shareholders of the prospective company as a result of the contemplated transaction; or fails adequately to recognize the possibility that the offer or proposal may be replaced or superseded by an offer or proposal of greater value. The evaluation of such contingencies requires unusually broad knowledge and experience on the part of the Sub-Advisor, which must appraise not only the value of the issuer and its component businesses, but also the financial resources and business motivation of the offer or proposal as well as the dynamics of the business climate when the offer or proposal is in process.
Step-Coupon Securities
The Fund may invest in step-coupon securities. Step-coupon securities trade at a discount from their face value and pay coupon interest. The coupon rate is low for an initial period and then increases to a higher coupon rate thereafter. Market values of these types of securities generally fluctuate in response to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than conventional interest-paying securities of comparable term and quality. Under many market conditions, investments in such securities may be illiquid, making it difficult for the Fund to dispose of them or determine their current value.

27



“Stripped” Securities
The Fund may invest in stripped securities, which are usually structured with two or more classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distribution on a pool of U.S. government or foreign government securities or mortgage assets. In some cases, one class will receive all of the interest (the interest-only or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or “PO” class). Stripped securities commonly have greater market volatility than other types of fixed-income securities. In the case of stripped mortgage securities, if the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated payments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup fully its investments in IOs. Stripped securities may be illiquid. Stripped securities may be considered derivative securities.
Supranational Entities
The Fund may invest in obligations of supranational entities. A supranational entity is an entity designated or supported by national governments to promote economic reconstruction, development or trade amongst nations. Examples of supranational entities include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (also known as the World Bank) and the European Investment Bank. Obligations of supranational entities are subject to the risk that the governments on whose support the entity depends for its financial backing or repayment may be unable or unwilling to provide that support. Obligations of a supranational entity that are denominated in foreign currencies will also be subject to the risks associated with investments in foreign currencies.
Portfolio Turnover
Portfolio turnover is a measure of how frequently a portfolio's securities are bought and sold. The portfolio turnover rate is generally calculated as the dollar value of the lesser of a portfolio's purchases or sales of shares of securities during a given year, divided by the monthly average value of the portfolio securities during that year (excluding securities whose maturity or expiration at the time of acquisition were less than one year). For example, a portfolio reporting a 100% portfolio turnover rate would have purchased and sold securities worth as much as the monthly average value of its portfolio securities during the year.
It is not possible to predict future turnover rates with accuracy. Many variable factors are outside the control of a portfolio manager. The investment outlook for the securities in which a portfolio may invest may change as a result of unexpected developments in securities markets, economic or monetary policies, or political relationships. High market volatility may result in a portfolio manager using a more active trading strategy than might otherwise be employed. Each portfolio manager considers the economic effects of portfolio turnover but generally does not treat the portfolio turnover rate as a limiting factor in making investment decisions.
Sale of shares by investors may require the liquidation of portfolio securities to meet cash flow needs. In addition, changes in a particular portfolio's holdings may be made whenever the portfolio manager considers that a security is no longer appropriate for the portfolio or that another security represents a relatively greater opportunity. Such changes may be made without regard to the length of time that a security has been held.
Higher portfolio turnover rates generally increase transaction costs that are expenses of the Account. Active trading may generate short-term gains (losses) for taxable shareholders.
At the date of this SAI, the Fund is new and has no operating history; therefore, portfolio turnover information is not yet available.


28



LEADERSHIP STRUCTURE AND BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Overall responsibility for directing the business and affairs of the Trust rests with the Board of Trustees, who are elected by the Trust's shareholders. In addition to serving on the Board of Trustees, each Trustee also serves on the Board of Principal Funds, Inc. (“PFI”) and the Board of Principal Variable Contracts Funds, Inc. (“PVC”). The Board is responsible for overseeing the operations of the Trust in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, other applicable laws and the Trust’s charter. The Board elects the officers of the Trust to supervise its day-to-day operations. The Board meets in regularly scheduled meetings eight times throughout the year. Board meetings may occur in-person or by telephone. In addition, the Board holds special in-person or telephonic meetings or informal conference calls to discuss specific matters that may arise or require action between regular meetings. Board members who are Independent Trustees meet annually to consider renewal of the Trust's advisory contracts. The Board is currently composed of eleven members, nine of whom are Independent Trustees. Each Trustee has significant prior senior management and/or board experience.
The Chairman is an interested person of the Trust. The Independent Trustees of the Trust have appointed a lead Independent Trustee whose role is to review and approve, with the Chairman, the agenda for each Board meeting and facilitate communication among the Trust's Independent Trustees as well as communication between the Independent Trustees, management of the Trust and the full Board. The Trust has determined that the Board's leadership structure is appropriate given the characteristics and circumstances of the Trust, including such items as the number of series or portfolios that comprise the Trust, the net assets of the Trust, the committee structure of the Board and the distribution arrangements of the Trust. The appropriateness of this structure is enhanced by the Trust’s Board Committees, which are described below, and the allocation of responsibilities among them.
The Trustees were selected to serve and continue on the Board based upon their skills, experience, judgment, analytical ability, diligence and ability to work effectively with other Board members, a commitment to the interests of shareholders and, for each Independent Trustee, a demonstrated willingness to take an independent and questioning view of management. In addition to these general qualifications, the Board seeks members who will build upon the diversity of the Board. In addition to those qualifications, the following is a brief discussion of the specific education, experience, qualifications, or skills that led to the conclusion that each person identified below should serve as a Trustee for the Trust. As required by rules the SEC has adopted under the 1940 Act, the Trust's Independent Trustees select and nominate all candidates for Independent Trustee positions.
Independent Trustees
Elizabeth Ballantine. Ms. Ballantine has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2014 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2004. Through her professional training and experience as an attorney and her experience as a director of Principal Funds, investment consultant and a director, Ms. Ballantine is experienced in financial, investment and regulatory matters.
Leroy T. Barnes. Mr. Barnes has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2014 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2012. From 2001-2005, Mr. Barnes served as Vice President and Treasurer of PG&E Corporation. From 1997-2001, Mr. Barnes served as Vice President and Treasurer of Gap, Inc. Through his education and employment experience and experience as a director, Mr. Barnes is experienced with financial, accounting, regulatory and investment matters.
Craig Damos. Mr. Damos has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2014 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2008. Since 2011, Mr. Damos has served as the President of The Damos Company (consulting services). Mr. Damos served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Weitz Company from 2006-2010 and Vertical Growth Officer from 2004-2006. From 2000-2004, he served as the Chief Financial Officer of Weitz Company. From 2005-2008, Mr. Damos served as a director of West Bank. Through his education, experience as a director of Principal Funds and employment experience, Mr. Damos is experienced with financial, accounting, regulatory and investment matters.
Mark A. Grimmett. Mr. Grimmett has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2014 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2004. He is a Certified Public Accountant. Since 1996, Mr. Grimmett has served as the Chief Financial Officer for Merle Norman Cosmetics, Inc. Through his service as a director of Principal Funds, his education and his employment experience, Mr. Grimmett is experienced with financial, accounting, regulatory and investment matters.
Fritz Hirsch. Mr. Hirsch has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2014 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2005. From 1983-1985, he served as Chief Financial Officer of Sassy, Inc. From 1986-2009, Mr. Hirsch served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Sassy, Inc. Since 2011, Mr. Hirsch serves as CEO of MAM USA. Through his experience as a director of the Principal Funds and employment experience, Mr. Hirsch is experienced with financial, accounting, regulatory and investment matters.
Tao Huang. Mr. Huang has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2014 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2012. From 1996-2000, Mr. Huang served as Chief Technology Officer of Morningstar, Inc. and from 1998-2000 as President of the International Division of Morningstar. From 2000-2011, Mr. Huang served as Chief Operating Officer

29



of Morningstar. Through his education and employment experience, Mr. Huang is experienced with technology, financial, regulatory and investment matters.
William Kimball. Mr. Kimball has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2014 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2000. From 1998-2004, Mr. Kimball served as Chairman and CEO of Medicap Pharmacies, Inc. Prior to 1998, he served as President and CEO of Medicap. Since 2004, Mr. Kimball has served as director of Casey's General Stores, Inc. Through his experience as a director of the Principal Funds and his employment experience, Mr. Kimball is experienced with financial, regulatory and investment matters.
Karen (“Karrie”) McMillan. Ms. McMillan has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2014 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2014. From 2007-2014, Ms. McMillan served as general counsel to the Investment Company Institute. Prior to that (from 1999-2007), she worked as an attorney in private practice, specializing in the mutual fund industry. From 1991-1999, she served in various roles as counsel at the Securities and Exchange Commission, Division of Investment Management, including as Assistant Chief Counsel. Through her professional education and experience as an attorney, she is experienced in financial, investment and regulatory matters.
Daniel Pavelich. Mr. Pavelich has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2014 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2007. From 1998-2007, Mr. Pavelich served as a Trustee of the WM Group of Funds. From 1996-1999, he served as Chairman and CEO of BDO and as its Chairman from 1994-1996. Through his education, experience as a director of mutual funds and his employment experience, Mr. Pavelich is experienced with financial, accounting, regulatory and investment matters.
Interested Trustees
Michael J. Beer. Mr. Beer has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2014 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2012. Mr. Beer has served as Executive Vice President of PFI and PVC since 2001 and as Executive Vice President (since 2002), Chief Operating Officer (since 2006) and a director of PMC. Since 2007, Mr. Beer has served as the President and a director of Princor and PSS since 2007. Prior to working for Principal, Mr. Beer worked for Wells Fargo and Deloitte Touche. Through his education and employment experience, Mr. Beer is experienced with financial, accounting, regulatory and investment matters.
Nora M. Everett. Ms. Everett has served as a Trustee of the Trust since 2014 and Director of PFI and PVC since 2008. From 2004-2008, Ms. Everett was Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel at Principal Financial Group, Inc. From 2001-2004, she was Vice President and Counsel at Principal Financial Group. Through her professional training, experience as an attorney, her service as a director of Principal Funds and her employment experience, Ms. Everett is experienced with financial, regulatory and investment matters.
Risk oversight forms part of the Board's general oversight of the Trust and is addressed as part of various Board and Committee activities. As part of its regular oversight of the Trust, the Board, directly or through a Committee, interacts with and reviews reports from, among others, Fund management, sub-advisors, the Trust's Chief Compliance Officer, the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust, and internal auditors for PMC or its affiliates, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by the Trust. The Board, with the assistance of Fund management and PMC, reviews investment policies and risks in connection with its review of the Trust's performance. The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer who oversees the implementation and testing of the Trust's compliance program and reports to the Board regarding compliance matters for the Trust and its principal service providers. In addition, as part of the Board's periodic review of the Trust's advisory, sub-advisory and other service provider agreements, the Board may consider risk management aspects of their operations and the functions for which they are responsible. With respect to valuation, the Board oversees a PMC valuation committee comprised of the Trust’s officers and officers of PMC and has approved and periodically reviews valuation policies applicable to valuing the Trust's shares.
The Board has established the following committees and the membership of each committee to assist in its oversight functions, including its oversight of the risks the Trust faces.
Committee membership is identified on the following pages. Each committee must report its activities to the Board on a regular basis. As used in this SAI, the “Fund Complex” refers to all series of the Trust, PFI and PVC.
15(c) Committee
The Committee’s primary purpose is to assist the Board in performing the annual review of the Fund’s advisory and sub-advisory agreements pursuant to Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act. The Committee responsibilities include requesting and reviewing materials.

30



Audit Committee
The primary purpose of the Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling certain of its responsibilities. The Audit Committee serves as an independent and objective party to monitor the Fund Complex's accounting policies, financial reporting and internal control system, as well as the work of the independent registered public accountants. The Audit Committee assists Board oversight of 1) the integrity of the Fund Complex's financial statements; 2) the Fund Complex's compliance with certain legal and regulatory requirements; 3) the independent registered public accountants' qualifications and independence; and 4) the performance of the Fund Complex's independent registered public accountants. The Audit Committee also provides an open avenue of communication among the independent registered public accountants, the Manager's internal auditors, Fund Complex management, and the Board.
Executive Committee
The Committee's primary purpose is to exercise certain powers of the Board when the Board is not in session. When the Board is not in session, the Committee may exercise all powers of the Board in the management of the business of the Fund Complex except the power to 1) authorize dividends or distributions on stock; 2) issue stock, except as permitted by law 3) recommend to the stockholders any action which requires stockholder approval; 4) amend the bylaws; or 5) approve any merger or share exchange which does not require stockholder approval.
Nominating and Governance Committee
The Committee’s primary purpose is to oversee the structure and efficiency of the Board and the committees established by the Board. The Committee responsibilities include evaluating Board membership and functions, committee membership and functions, insurance coverage, and legal matters.
The nominating functions of the Nominating and Governance Committee include selecting and nominating all candidates who are not "interested persons" of the Fund Complex for election to the Board. Generally, the Committee requests trustee nominee suggestions from the committee members and management. In addition, the Committee will consider Trustee candidates recommended by shareholders of the Fund Complex. Recommendations should be submitted in writing to Principal Exchange-Traded Funds at 655 9th Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50392. When evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as an Independent Trustee, the Committee will generally consider, among other factors: age; education; relevant business experience; geographical factors; whether the person is "independent" and otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a trustee; and whether the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for attendance at meetings and the performance of the duties of an independent trustee. The Committee also meets personally with the nominees and conducts a reference check. The final decision is based on a combination of factors, including the strengths and the experience an individual may bring to the Board. The Committee believes the Board generally benefits from diversity of background, experience and views among its members, and considers these factors in evaluating the composition of the Board. The Board does not use regularly the services of any professional search firms to identify or evaluate or assist in identifying or evaluating potential candidates or nominees.
Operations Committee
The Committee's primary purpose is to oversee the provision of administrative and distribution services to the Fund Complex, communications with the Fund Complex's shareholders, and review and oversight of the Fund Complex's operations.
Management Information
The following table presents certain information regarding the Trustees of the Trust, including their principal occupations which, unless specific dates are shown, are of more than five years duration. In addition, the table includes information concerning other directorships held by each Trustee in reporting companies under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or registered investment companies under the 1940 Act. Information is listed separately for those Trustees who are “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust (the “Interested Trustees”) and those Trustees who are Independent Trustees. All Trustees serve also serve as directors for each of the two investment companies sponsored by Principal Life Insurance Company (“Principal Life”): Principal Funds, Inc. and Principal Variable Contracts Funds, Inc.

31



The following Trustees are considered to be Independent Trustees.




Name, Address,
and Year of Birth




Position(s) Held
with the Trust


Length
of Time
Served as
Trustee




Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee



Other Directorships
Held by Trustee During Past 5 Years
Elizabeth Ballantine
655 9th Street
Des Moines, IA 50392
1948
Trustee
Member Nominating and Governance Committee
Since 2014
Principal, EBA Associates
(consulting and investments)
[ ]
Durango Herald, Inc.;
McClatchy Newspapers, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Leroy T. Barnes, Jr.
655 9th Street
Des Moines, IA 50392
1951
Trustee
Member, Audit Committee
Since 2014
Retired

[ ]
McClatchy Newspapers, Inc.; Herbalife Ltd.; Frontier Communications, Inc.;
Longs Drug Stores
 
 
 
 
 
 
Craig Damos
655 9th Street
Des Moines, IA 50392
1954
Trustee
Member 15(c) Committee
Member Audit Committee
Since 2014
President, The Damos Company (consulting services). Formerly Chairman/CEO/ President and Vertical Growth Officer, and The Weitz Company (general construction)
[ ]
Hardin Construction Company
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mark A. Grimmett
655 9th Street
Des Moines, IA 50392
1960
Trustee
Member 15(c) Committee
Member Executive Committee
Member Nominating and Governance Committee
Since 2014
Executive Vice President and CFO, Merle Norman Cosmetics, Inc. (cosmetics manufacturing)
[ ]
None
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fritz S. Hirsch
655 9th Street
Des Moines, IA 50392
1951
Trustee
Member 15(c) Committee
Member Operations Committee
Since 2014
CEO, MAM USA (manufacturer of infant and juvenile products). Formerly President, Sassy, Inc.
(manufacturer of infant and juvenile products)
[ ]
Focus Products Group (housewares)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tao Huang
655 9th Street
Des Moines, IA 50392
1962
Trustee
Member 15(c) Committee
Member Operations
Committee
Since 2014
Formerly, Chief Operating Officer, Morningstar, Inc. (investment research)
[ ]
Armstrong World Industries, Inc. (manufacturing)
 
 
 
 
 
 
William C. Kimball
655 9th Street
Des Moines, IA 50392
1947
Trustee
Member Nominating and Governance Committee
Since 2014
Partner, Kimball – Porter Investments L.L.C.
[ ]
Casey's General Stores
 
 
 
 
 
 
Karen (“Karrie”) McMillan
655 9 th  Street
Des Moines, IA 50392
1961
Trustee
Member Operations Committee
Since 2014
Formerly, General Counsel, Investment Company Institute
[ ]
None
 
 
 
 
 
 
Daniel Pavelich
655 9th Street
Des Moines, IA 50392
1944
Trustee
Member Audit Committee
Since 2014
Retired
[ ]
None
* Ms. McMillan served as an officer of the Investment Company Institute, a national association of U.S. investment companies. Appendix A provides information about the members of the Investment Company Institute’s Board of Governors who are affiliates of the Funds’ investment advisors.

32



The following Trustees are considered to be Interested Trustees because they are affiliated persons of Principal Management Corporation (“PMC,” “Principal” or the “Manager”).




Name, Address,
and Year of Birth



Position(s)
Held
with Fund



Length of
Time
Served

Positions with the Manager
and its affiliates;
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years**
(unless noted otherwise)
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee During Past
5 Years
Michael J. Beer
Des Moines, IA 50392
1961

Trustee
Executive Vice President
Member Executive Committee
Since 2014
Executive Vice President, PFD
VP/Mutual Funds & Broker Dealer, PLIC
Director, PMC
EVP/Chief Operating Officer, PMC
Director, Princor
President, Princor
Director, PSS (since 2011)
President, PSS (since 2011)
[ ]
None
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nora M. Everett
Des Moines, IA 50392
1959
Chair
Chief Executive Officer
President
Trustee
Member Executive
Committee
Since 2014
Director, Edge (2008-2011)
Director, Finisterre (since 2011)
Director, Origin (since 2011)
Chairman, PFA (since 2010)
Chairman, PFD (since 2011)
Senior Vice President/RIS, PLIC
Chairman, PMC (since 2011)
President, PMC (since 2008)
Chairman, Princor (since 2011)
Chief Executive Officer, Princor (since 2009)
[ ]
None
**   Abbreviations used:
Edge Asset Management, Inc. (Edge)
Finisterre Capital LLP (Finisterre)
Origin Asset Management LLP (Origin)
Post Advisory Group, LLC (Post)
Principal Financial Advisors, Inc. (PFA)
Princor Financial Services Corporation (Princor)
Principal Funds Distributor, Inc. (PFD)
Principal Global Investors, LLC (PGI)
Principal Life Insurance Company (PLIC)
Principal Management Corporation (PMC)
Principal Real Estate Investors, LLC (Principal-REI)
Principal Shareholder Services, Inc. (PSS)
Spectrum Asset Management, Inc. (Spectrum)
Officers of the Trust
The following table presents certain information regarding the officers of the Trust, including their principal occupations which, unless specific dates are shown, are of more than five years duration. Officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Trustees. Each officer of the Trust has the same position with Principal Funds, Inc. and Principal Variable Contracts Funds, Inc.

Name, Address
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with Trust and
Length of Time Served
Positions with the Manager and its Affiliates;
Principal Occupations During Past 5 Years**
(unless noted otherwise)
Michael J. Beer
Des Moines, IA 50392
1961
Trustee (since 2014)
Executive Vice President (since 2014)
Member Executive Committee
Executive Vice President, PFD
VP/Mutual Funds & Broker Dealer, PLIC
Director, PMC
EVP/Chief Operating Officer, PMC
Director, Princor
President, Princor
Director, PSS (since 2011)
President, PSS (since 2011)
Randy L. Bergstrom
Des Moines, IA 50392
1955
Assistant Tax Counsel
(since 2014)
Counsel, PGI
Counsel, PLIC

33




Name, Address
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with Trust and
Length of Time Served
Positions with the Manager and its Affiliates;
Principal Occupations During Past 5 Years**
(unless noted otherwise)
Tracy Bollin
Des Moines, IA 50392
1970
Chief Financial Officer (since 2014)

Chief Financial Officer, PFA (since 2010)
Assistant Controller, PFD (2007-2010)
Chief Financial Officer, PFD (since 2010)
Chief Financial Officer, PMC (since 2010)
Financial Controller, PMC (2008-2010)
Assistant Controller, Princor (2009-2010)
Chief Financial Officer, Princor (since 2010)
Assistant Controller, PSS (2007-2010)
Chief Financial Officer, PSS (since 2010)
David J. Brown
Des Moines, IA 50392
1960
Chief Compliance Officer
(since 2014)
Senior Vice President, PFD
Vice President/Compliance, PLIC
Senior Vice President, PMC
Senior Vice President, Princor
Senior Vice President, PSS
Teresa M. Button
Des Moines, IA 50392
1963
Treasurer
(since 2014)
Vice President/Treasurer, Edge (since 2011)
Vice President/Treasurer, PFA (since 2011)
Vice President/Treasurer, PFD (since 2011)
Vice President/Treasurer, PGI (since 2011)
Vice President/Treasurer, PLIC (since 2011)
Vice President/Treasurer, PMC (since 2011)
Vice President/Treasurer, Post (since 2011)
Vice President/Treasurer, Principal-REI (since 2011)
Vice President/Treasurer, Princor (since 2011)
Vice President/Treasurer, PSS (since 2011)
Treasurer, Spectrum (since 2011)
Nora M. Everett
Des Moines, IA 50392
1959
Chair (since 2014)
Chief Executive Officer (since 2014)
President (since 2014)
Trustee (since 2014)
Member Executive Committee
Director, Edge (2008-2011)
Director, Finisterre (since 2011)
Director, Origin (since 2011)
Chairman, PFA (since 2010)
Chairman, PFD (since 2011)
Senior Vice President/RIS, PLIC
Chairman, PMC (since 2011)
President, PMC (since 2008)
Chairman, Princor (since 2011)
Chief Executive Officer, Princor (since 2009)
Chairman, PSS (since 2011)
Ernest H. Gillum
Des Moines, IA 50392
1955
Vice President (since 2014)
Assistant Secretary
(since 2014)
Vice President/Chief Compliance Officer, PMC
Vice President/Chief Compliance Officer, PSS
 
 
 
Carolyn F. Kolks
Des Moines, IA 50392
1962
Assistant Tax Counsel
(since 2014)
Counsel, PGI
Counsel, PLIC
Jennifer A. Mills
Des Moines, IA 50392
1973
Assistant Counsel
(since 2014)
Counsel, PFD (2009-2013)
Counsel, PLIC
Counsel, PMC (2009-2013, 2014-present)
Counsel, Princor (2009-2013)
Counsel, PSS (2009-2013)
Layne A. Rasmussen
Des Moines, Iowa 50392
1958
Vice President (since 2014)
Controller (since 2014)
Vice President/Controller-Principal Funds, PMC
Greg Reymann
Des Moines, IA 50392
1958
Assistant Counsel (since 2014)
Assistant General Counsel, PLIC (since 2014)
VP, Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Risk Officer, TAM (2010-2012)
Assistant General Counsel, TAMG (2013-2014)
Vice President/CFTC Principal, TAM (2013-2014)
Britney Schnathorst
Des Moines, IA 50392
1981
Assistant Counsel
(since 2014)
Counsel, PLIC (since 2013)
Prior thereto, Attorney in Private Practice
Adam U. Shaikh
Des Moines, IA 50392
1972
Assistant Counsel
(since 2014)
Counsel, PFD (2006-2013)
Counsel, PLIC
Counsel, PMC (2007-2013, 2014-present)
Counsel, Princor (2007-2013)
Counsel, PSS (2007-2013)

34




Name, Address
and Year of Birth
Position(s) Held
with Trust and
Length of Time Served
Positions with the Manager and its Affiliates;
Principal Occupations During Past 5 Years**
(unless noted otherwise)
Dan L. Westholm
Des Moines, IA 50392
1966
Assistant Treasurer
(since 2014)
Assistant Vice President/Treasury, PFA (since 2013)
Director-Treasury, PFA (2011-2013)
Assistant Vice President/Treasury, PFD (since 2013)
Director-Treasury, PFD (2011-2013)
Assistant Vice President/Treasury, PLIC
Assistant Vice President/Treasury, PMC
Assistant Vice President/Treasury, Princor (since 2013)
Director-Treasury, Princor (2008-2009, 2011-2013)
Assistant Vice President/Treasury, PSS
Beth C. Wilson
Des Moines, IA 50392
1956
Vice President and Secretary (since 2014)
Vice President, PMC (2007-2013)
Vice President, Princor (2007-2009)
Clint Woods
Des Moines, IA 50392
1961
Counsel (effective 2014)
Associate General Counsel, AEGON (2003-2012)
Asst General Counsel, Asst Corp Secretary, Governance Officer,
PLIC (since 2013)
**   Abbreviations used:
AEGON USA Investment Management, LLC (AEGON)
Edge Asset Management, Inc. (Edge)
Finisterre Capital LLP (Finisterre)
Origin Asset Management LLP (Origin)
Post Advisory Group, LLC (Post)
Principal Financial Advisors, Inc. (PFA)
Princor Financial Services Corporation (Princor)
Principal Funds Distributor, Inc. (PFD)
Principal Global Investors, LLC (PGI)
Principal Life Insurance Company (PLIC)
Principal Management Corporation (PMC)
Principal Real Estate Investors, LLC (Principal-REI)
Principal Shareholder Services, Inc. (PSS)
Spectrum Asset Management, Inc. (Spectrum)
Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. (TAM)
Transamerica Asset Management Group (TAMG)
The following tables set forth the aggregate dollar range of the equity securities of the mutual funds within the Fund Complex that were beneficially owned by the Trustees as of ______________. As of that date, Trustees did not own shares of Funds not listed.

Please note that exact dollar amounts of securities held are not listed. Rather, ownership is listed based on the following dollar ranges:
A    $0
B    $1 up to and including $10,000
C    $10,001 up to and including $50,000
D    $50,001 up to and including $100,000
E    $100,001 or more
Independent Trustees (not Considered to be "Interested Persons")
[To be added by amendment]
Trustees Considered to be "Interested Persons
[to be added by amendment]
Compensation
The Fund does not pay any remuneration to its Trustees who are employed by the Manager or its affiliates or to its officers who are furnished to the Fund by the Manager and its affiliates pursuant to the Management Agreement. Each Trustee who is not an “interested person” received compensation for service as a member of the Boards of all investment companies sponsored by Principal Life based on a schedule that takes into account an annual retainer amount, the number of meetings attended, and expenses incurred. Trustee compensation and related expenses are allocated to the Fund based on the net assets of each relative to combined net assets of all of the investment companies sponsored by Principal Life.

35



[to be added by amendment]


36



INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES
Investment Advisors
The Manager of the Fund is Principal Management Corporation (“Principal”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Principal Financial Services, Inc. Principal is an affiliate of Principal Life. The address of Principal is 655 9th Street, Des Moines, IA 50392. Principal was organized on January 10, 1969, and since that time has managed various mutual funds sponsored by Principal Life.
Principal has executed agreements with various Sub-Advisors. Under those Sub-Advisory agreements, the Sub-Advisor agrees to assume the obligations of Principal to provide investment advisory services for a specific Fund. For these services, Principal pays each Sub-Advisor a fee.

Sub-Advisor:
Edge Asset Management, Inc. ("Edge") is an affiliate of Principal and a member of the Principal Financial Group.

Sub-Advisor:
Principal Global Investors, LLC (“PGI”) is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Principal Life Insurance Company, an affiliate of Principal, and a member of the Principal Financial Group.

Affiliated Persons of the Trust Who are Affiliated Persons of the Advisor
For information about affiliated persons of the Trust who are also affiliated persons of Principal or affiliated advisors, see the Interested Trustee and Officer tables in the “Leadership Structure and Board of Trustees” section.
Codes of Ethics
The Trust, Principal, each of the Sub-Advisors and the Distributor have adopted Codes of Ethics (“Codes”) under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act. Principal and each of the Sub-Advisors have also adopted such a Code under Rule 204A-1 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. These Codes are designed to prevent, among other things, persons with access to information regarding the portfolio trading activity of the Fund from using that information for their personal benefit. In certain circumstances, the Codes permit personnel subject to the Codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund.
Management Agreement
For providing the investment advisory services, and specified other services, Principal, under the terms of the Management Agreement for the Fund, is entitled to receive a fee computed and accrued daily and payable monthly, at the following annual rates. The management fee schedule for the Fund is as follows (expressed as a percentage of average net assets

Fund
First $500
Million
Next $500
Million
Next $500
Million
Over $1.5
Billion
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
0.75%
0.73%
0.71%
0.70%
The Fund pays all of its operating expenses. Under the terms of the Management Agreement, Principal is responsible for paying the expenses associated with the organization of the Fund, including the expenses incurred in the initial registration of the Fund with the SEC, compensation of personnel, officers and trustees who are also affiliated with Principal, and expenses and compensation associated with furnishing office space and all necessary office facilities and equipment and personnel necessary to perform the general corporate functions of the Fund. The Manager is also responsible for and provides oversight of the accounting services for Fund shares.
Sub-Advisory Agreements for the Fund
Edge is a Sub-Advisor for the Principal EDGE Active Income ETF. Principal pays Edge a fee, computed and paid monthly, at an annual rate as shown below.
Net Asset Value of Fund
Fund
All Assets
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
0.18%
PGI is a Sub-Advisor for the Principal EDGE Active Income ETF. Principal pays PGI a fee, computed and paid monthly, at an annual rate as shown below.
Net Asset Value of Fund
Fund
All Assets
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
0.12%

37



Distributor
[ ], (the “Distributor”), is located at [ ]. The Distributor is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).
Shares will be continuously offered for sale by the Trust through the Distributor only in whole Creation Units, as described in the section of this SAI entitled “Purchase and Redemption of Creation Units.” The Distributor also acts as an agent for the Trust. The Distributor will deliver a prospectus to persons purchasing Shares in Creation Units and will maintain records of both orders placed with it and confirmations of acceptance furnished by it. The Distributor has no role in determining the investment policies of the Fund or which securities are to be purchased or sold by the Fund.
The Board of Trustees of the Trust has adopted a Distribution and Service Plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. In accordance with its Rule 12b-1 plan, the Fund is authorized to pay an amount up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets each year to finance activities primarily intended to result in the sale of Creation Units of the Fund or the provision of investor services. No Rule 12b-1 fees are currently paid by the Fund and there are no plans to impose these fees. However, in the event Rule 12b-1 fees are charged in the future, they will be paid out of the respective Fund’s assets, and over time, these fees will increase the cost of your investment and they may cost you more than certain other types of sales charges.
Principal and its affiliates may, out of their own resources, pay amounts to third parties for distribution or marketing services on behalf of the Fund. The making of these payments could create a conflict of interest for a financial intermediary receiving such payments.
Fund Sub-Administrator, Custodian, and Transfer Agent
[ ] the “Transfer Agent” or the “Custodian”) serves as Fund’s sub-administrator, custodian and transfer agent. [ ] is located at [ ].
Under a Fund Administration and Accounting Agreement with the Principal (on behalf of the Fund), [ ] provides necessary administrative treasury, and tax services, including financial reporting for the maintenance and operations of the Fund. In addition, [ ] makes available the office space, equipment, personnel and facilities required to provide such services. Principal is ultimately responsible for such services pursuant to a Management Agreement with the Fund.
Under the Custody Agreement with the Trust, [ ] maintains in separate accounts cash, securities and other assets of the Trust and the Fund, keeps all necessary accounts and records, and provides other services. [ ] is required, upon order of the Trust, to deliver securities held by [ ] and to make payments for securities purchased by the Trust for the Fund. Under the Custody Agreement, [ ] is also authorized to appoint certain foreign custodians or foreign custody managers for Fund investments outside the United States. [ ] also provides fund accounting services and is responsible for maintaining the books and records and calculating the daily net asset value of the Fund.
Pursuant to a Transfer Agency Services Agreement with the Trust, [ ] acts as transfer agent to the Fund, dividend disbursing agent and shareholder servicing agent to the Fund.
The Trust compensates [ ] for the Custody and Transfer Agency services. The Fund is newly formed and has not paid any fees for the services set forth above as of the date of this SAI.
Brokerage on Purchases and Sales of Securities
All orders for the purchase or sale of portfolio securities are placed on behalf of the Fund by the Fund's Sub-Advisor pursuant to the terms of the applicable sub-advisory agreement. In distributing brokerage business arising out of the placement of orders for the purchase and sale of securities for any Fund, the objective of the Fund's Sub-Advisor is to obtain the best overall terms. In pursuing this objective, the Sub-Advisor considers all matters it deems relevant, including the breadth of the market in the security, the price of the security, the financial condition and executing capability of the broker or dealer, confidentiality, including trade anonymity, and the reasonableness of the commission, if any (for the specific transaction and on a continuing basis). This may mean in some instances that the Sub-Advisor will pay a broker commissions that are in excess of the amount of commissions another broker might have charged for executing the same transaction when the Sub-Advisor believes that such commissions are reasonable in light of a) the size and difficulty of the transaction, b) the quality of the execution provided, and c) the level of commissions paid relative to commissions paid by other institutional investors. (Such factors are viewed both in terms of that particular transaction and in terms of all transactions that broker executes for accounts over which the Sub-Advisor exercises investment discretion. The Board has also adopted a policy and procedure designed to prevent the Fund from compensating a broker/dealer for promoting or selling Fund shares by directing brokerage transactions to that broker/dealer for the purpose of compensating the broker/dealer for promoting or selling Fund shares. Therefore, the Sub-Advisor may not compensate a broker/dealer for promoting or selling Fund shares by directing

38



brokerage transactions to that broker/dealer for the purpose of compensating the broker/dealer for promoting or selling Fund shares. A Sub-Advisor may purchase securities in the over-the-counter market, utilizing the services of principal market makers unless better terms can be obtained by purchases through brokers or dealers, and may purchase securities listed on the NYSE from non-Exchange members in transactions off the Exchange.)
A Sub-Advisor may give consideration in the allocation of business to services performed by a broker (e.g., the furnishing of statistical data and research generally consisting of, but not limited to, information of the following types: analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, performance of client accounts, and access to research analysts, corporate management personnel, and industry experts). If any such allocation is made, the primary criteria used will be to obtain the best overall terms for such transactions or terms that are reasonable in relation to the research or brokerage services provided by the broker or dealer when viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the sub-advisor’s overall responsibilities to the accounts under its management. The Sub-Advisor generally pays additional commission amounts for such research services. Statistical data and research information received from brokers or dealers as described above may be useful in varying degrees and the Sub-Advisor may use it in servicing some or all of the accounts it manages.
Subject to the rules promulgated by the SEC, as well as other regulatory requirements, the Board has approved procedures whereby the Fund may purchase securities that are offered in underwritings in which an affiliate of a Sub-Advisor, or Principal, participates. These procedures prohibit the Fund from directly or indirectly benefiting a Sub-Advisor affiliate or a Manager affiliate in connection with such underwritings. In addition, for underwritings where a Sub-Advisor affiliate or a Manager participates as a principal underwriter, certain restrictions may apply that could, among other things, limit the amount of securities that the Fund could purchase in the underwritings. The Sub-Advisor shall determine the amounts and proportions of orders allocated to the Sub-Advisor or affiliate. The Trustees of the Fund will receive quarterly reports on these transactions.
The Board has approved procedures that permit the Fund to effect a purchase or sale transaction between the Fund and an affiliated mutual fund or between the Fund and affiliated persons of the Fund under limited circumstances prescribed by SEC rules. Any such transaction must be effected without any payment other than a cash payment for the securities, for which a market quotation is readily available, at the current market price; no brokerage commission or fee (except for customary transfer fees), or other remuneration may be paid in connection with the transaction. The Board receives quarterly reports of all such transactions.
The Board has also approved procedures that permit the Fund's Sub-Advisor(s) to place portfolio trades with an affiliated broker under circumstances prescribed by SEC Rules 17e-1 and 17a-10. The procedures require that total commissions, fees, or other remuneration received or to be received by an affiliated broker must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions, fees or other remuneration received by other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold on a securities exchange during a comparable time period. The Board receives quarterly reports of all transactions completed pursuant to the Fund's procedures.
Purchases and sales of debt securities and money market instruments usually are principal transactions; portfolio securities are normally purchased directly from the issuer or from an underwriter or marketmakers for the securities. Such transactions are usually conducted on a net basis with the Fund paying no brokerage commissions. Purchases from underwriters include a commission or concession paid by the issuer to the underwriter, and the purchases from dealers serving as marketmakers include the spread between the bid and asked prices.
Commission rates a Sub-Advisor pays to brokers may vary and reflect such factors as the trading volume placed with a broker, the type of security, the market in which a security is traded and the trading volume of that security, the types of services provided by the broker (i.e. execution services only or additional research services) and the quality of a broker's execution.
Allocation of Trades
By the Sub-Advisor. The portfolio managers of each of the Sub-Advisors manage a number of accounts other than the Fund's portfolio, including in some instances proprietary or personal accounts. Managing multiple accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest including, for example, conflicts among investment strategies, allocation of investment opportunities and compensation for the account. Each Sub-advisor has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that it believes address the potential conflicts associated with managing accounts for multiple clients and personal accounts and are designed to ensure that all clients and client accounts are treated fairly and equitably. These procedures include allocation policies and procedures, personal trading policies and procedures, internal review processes and, in some cases, review by independent third parties.

39



Investments the Sub-Advisor deems appropriate for the Fund's portfolio may also be deemed appropriate by it for other accounts. Therefore, the same security may be purchased or sold at or about the same time for both the Fund's portfolio and other accounts. In such circumstances, the Sub-Advisor may determine that orders for the purchase or sale of the same security for the Fund's portfolio and one or more other accounts should be combined. In this event the transactions will be priced and allocated in a manner deemed by the Sub-Advisor to be equitable and in the best interests of the Fund’s portfolio and such other accounts. While in some instances combined orders could adversely affect the price or volume of a security, the Fund believes that its participation in such transactions on balance will produce better overall results for the Fund.
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS
Book-Entry Only System
The Depository Trust Company (DTC) acts as securities depository for the shares. Shares of the Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC. Certificates will not be issued for shares.
DTC, a limited-purpose trust company, was created to hold securities of its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among DTC participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the DTC participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTC participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations, some of whom (and/or their representatives) own DTC. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers, and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC participant, either directly or indirectly.
Beneficial ownership of shares is limited to DTC participants and persons holding interests through DTC participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in shares (owners of beneficial interests are referred to herein as Beneficial Owners) is shown on, and the transfer of ownership is effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to DTC participants) and on the records of DTC participants (with respect to indirect DTC participants and Beneficial Owners that are not DTC participants). Beneficial Owners will receive from or through a DTC participant a written confirmation relating to their purchase of shares.
Conveyance of all notices, statements and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. Pursuant to the Depositary Agreement between the Trust and DTC, DTC is required to make available to the Trust upon request and for a fee to be charged to the trust a listing of the shares of the fund held by each DTC participant. The Trust shall inquire of each such DTC participant as to the number of Beneficial Owners holding fund shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC participant. The Trust shall provide each such DTC participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC participant may reasonably request, so that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In addition, the Trust shall pay to each such DTC participant a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.
Share distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all shares. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall credit immediately DTC participants' accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in shares of the fund as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC participants to indirect DTC participants and Beneficial Owners of shares held through such DTC participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a "street name," and will be the responsibility of such DTC participants.
The Trust has no responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or notices to Beneficial Owners, or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in such shares, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests, or for any other aspect of the relationship between DTC and the DTC participants or the relationship between such DTC participants and the indirect DTC participants and Beneficial Owners owning through such DTC participants.
DTC may decide to discontinue providing its service with respect to shares at any time by giving reasonable notice to the trust and discharging its responsibilities with respect thereto under applicable law. Under such circumstances, the

40



trust shall take action either to find a replacement for DTC to perform its functions at a comparable cost or, if such a replacement is unavailable, to issue and deliver printed certificates representing ownership of shares, unless the trust makes other arrangements with respect thereto satisfactory to NYSE Arca.
Creation Units
The Fund sells and redeems Shares in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor, without a sales load, at the NAV next determined after receipt of an order in proper form on any Business Day. As of the date of this SAI, the NYSE observes the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. The Fund will not issue fractional Creation Units. Shares of the Fund will only be issued against full payment, as further described in the prospectus and this SAI.
A Creation Unit is an aggregation of 50,000 Shares. The Board may declare a split or a consolidation in the number of Shares outstanding of the Fund or Trust, and make a corresponding change in the number of Shares in a Creation Unit.
To purchase or redeem any Creation Units from the Fund, you must be, or transact through, an Authorized Participant (“AP”). To be an AP, you must be either a broker-dealer or other participant (“Participating Party”) in the Continuous Net Settlement System (“Clearing Process”) of the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”) or a participant in DTC with access to the DTC system (“DTC Participant”), and you must execute an agreement (“Participant Agreement”) with the Distributor that governs transactions in the Fund’s Creation Units.
Transactions by an AP that is a Participating Party using the NSCC system are referred to as transactions “through the Clearing Process.” Transactions by an AP that is a DTC Participant using the DTC system are referred to as transactions “outside the Clearing Process.”
Investors who are not APs but want to transact in Creation Units may contact the Distributor for the names of APs. An AP may require investors to enter into a separate agreement to transact through it for Creation Units and may require orders for purchases of shares placed with it to be in a particular form. Investors should be aware that their broker may not be an AP and, therefore, may need to place any order to purchase or redeem Creation Units through another broker or person that is an AP, which may result in additional charges. There are expected to be a limited number of APs at any one time.
Orders must be transmitted by an AP by telephone or other transmission method acceptable to the Distributor pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement. Market disruptions and telephone or other communication failures may impede the transmission of orders.
Purchasing Creation Units
Fund Deposit
The consideration for a Creation Unit of the Fund is the Fund Deposit. The Fund Deposit will consist of the In-Kind Creation Basket and Cash Component, or an all cash payment (“Cash Value”), as determined by (PMC/Edge/PGI) to be permitted or required by the Fund. Short portions in the Fund’s portfolio [and any other financial instruments that] cannot be transferred in-kind, will be represented by cash in the Cash Component and not in the In-Kind Creation Basket.
The Cash Component will typically include a “Balancing Amount” reflecting the difference, if any, between the NAV of a Creation Unit and the market value of the securities in the In-Kind Creation Basket. If the NAV per Creation Unit exceeds the market value of the securities in the In-Kind Creation Basket, the purchaser pays the Balancing Amount to the Fund. By contrast, if the NAV per Creation Unit is less than the market value of the securities in the In-Kind Creation Basket, the Fund pays the Balancing Amount to the purchaser. The Balancing Amount ensures that the consideration paid by an investor for a Creation Unit is exactly equal to the value of the Creation Unit.
The Transfer Agent, in a portfolio composition file sent via the NSCC, generally makes available on each Business Day, immediately prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern time), a list of the names and the required number of shares of each security in the In-Kind Creation Basket to be included in the current Fund Deposit for the Fund (based on information about the Fund’s portfolio at the end of the previous Business Day) (subject to correction). If applicable, [ ], through the NSCC, also makes available on each Business Day, the estimated Cash Component or Cash Value, effective through and including the previous Business Day, per Creation Unit.
The announced Fund Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, for purchases of Creation Units of the Fund until the next-announced Fund Deposit is made available. From day to day, the composition of the In-Kind Creation Basket may change as, among other things, corporate actions and investment decisions by the Sub-advisors are implemented for the Fund’s portfolio. All questions as to the composition of the In-

41



Kind Creation Basket and the validity, form, eligibility, and acceptance for deposit of any securities shall be determined by the Fund, and the Fund’s determination shall be final and binding. The Fund reserves the right to accept a nonconforming (i.e., custom) Fund Deposit. Payment of any stamp duty or the like shall be the sole responsibility of the AP purchasing a Creation Unit. The AP must ensure that all Deposit Securities properly denote change in beneficial ownership.
Cash in lieu
The Fund may, in its sole discretion, permit or require the substitution of an amount of cash (“cash in lieu”) to be added to the Cash Component to replace any security in the In-Kind Creation Basket. The Fund may permit or require cash in lieu when, for example, the securities in the In-Kind Creation Basket may not be available in sufficient quantity for delivery or may not be eligible for transfer through the systems of DTC or the Clearing Process. Similarly, the Fund may permit or require cash in lieu when, for example, the AP or its underlying investor is restricted under U.S. or local securities law or policies from transacting in one or more securities in the In-Kind Creation Basket. The Fund will comply with the federal securities laws in accepting securities in the In-Kind Creation Basket, including the securities in the In-Kind Creation Basket that are sold in transactions that would be exempt from registration under the 1933 Act.
In light of the foregoing, in order to seek to replicate the in-kind creation order process, the Fund expects to purchase the securities represented by the cash in lieu amount in the secondary market (“Market Purchases”). In such cases where the Fund makes Market Purchases because a security may not be permitted to be re-registered in the name of the Fund as a result of an in-kind creation order pursuant to local law or market convention, or for other reasons, the Authorized Participant will reimburse the Fund for, among other things, any difference between the market value at which the securities were purchased by the Fund and the cash in lieu amount (which amount, at Principal’s discretion, may be capped), applicable registration fees and taxes. Brokerage commissions incurred in connection with the Fund’s acquisition of securities will be at the expense of the applicable Fund and will affect the value of all Shares of the Fund, but Principal may adjust the transaction fee to the extent the composition of the securities changes or cash in lieu is added to the Cash Amount to protect ongoing shareholders.
Order Cut-Off Time
For an order involving a Creation Unit to be effectuated at the Fund’s NAV on a particular day, it must be received by the Distributor by or before the deadline for such order (“Order Cut-Off Time”). The Order Cut-Off Time for creation and redemption orders for the Fund is generally expected to be 4:00 p.m. Eastern time for In-Kind Creation and Redemption Baskets, and 3:00 p.m. Eastern time for Cash Value transactions. Accordingly, In-Kind Creation and Redemption Baskets are expected to be accepted until the close of regular trading on the Exchange on each Business Day, which is usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time. On days when the Exchange or bond markets close earlier than normal (such as the day before a holiday), the Order Cut-Off Time is expected to track the Exchange or bond markets closing and be similarly earlier than normal.
Custom orders typically clear outside the Clearing Process and, therefore, like other orders outside the Clearing Process, may need to be transmitted early on the relevant Business Day to be effectuated at that day’s NAV. A custom order may be placed when, for example, an AP cannot transact in a security in the In-Kind Creation or Redemption Basket and additional cash is included in the Fund Deposit or Fund Redemption in lieu of such security. Custom orders may be required to be received by the Distributor by 3:00 p.m. Eastern time to be effectuated based on the Fund’s NAV on that Business Day.
In all cases, cash and securities should be transferred to the Fund by the “Settlement Date,” which is generally the Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date for cash and the third Business Day following the Transmittal Date for securities. Persons placing custom orders or orders involving Cash Value should be aware of time deadlines imposed by intermediaries, such as DTC and/or the Federal Reserve Bank wire system, which may delay the delivery of cash and securities by the Settlement Date.
Placement of Creation Orders
All purchase orders must be placed by or through an AP. To order a Creation Unit, an AP must submit an irrevocable purchase order to the Distributor. In-kind (portions of) purchase orders will be processed through the Clearing Process when it is available. The Clearing Process is an enhanced clearing process that is available only for certain securities and only to DTC Participants that are also participants in the Clearing Process of the NSCC. In-kind (portions of) purchase orders not subject to the Clearing Process will go through a manual clearing process run by DTC. Fund Deposits that include government securities must be delivered through the Federal Reserve Bank wire transfer system (“Federal Reserve System”). Fund Deposits that include cash may be delivered through the Clearing Process or the Federal Reserve System. Certain orders for the Fund may be made

42



outside the Clearing Process. In-kind deposits of securities for such orders must be delivered through the Federal Reserve System (for government securities) or through DTC (for corporate securities).
Orders Using Clearing Process
In connection with creation orders made through the Clearing Process, the Distributor transmits, on behalf of the AP, such trade instructions as are necessary to effect the creation order. Pursuant to such trade instructions, the AP agrees to deliver the requisite Fund Deposit to the Trust, together with such additional information as may be required by the Distributor. An order to create Creation Units through the Clearing Process is deemed received by the Distributor on the Business Day the order is placed (“Transmittal Date”) if (i) such order is received by the Distributor by the Closing Time on such Transmittal Date and (ii) all other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement are properly followed. Cash Components will be delivered using either the Clearing Process or the Federal Reserve System, as described below.
Orders Outside Clearing Process
Fund Deposits made outside the Clearing Process must state that the DTC Participant is not using the Clearing Process and that the creation of Creation Units will instead be effected through a transfer of securities and cash directly through DTC. With respect to such orders, the Fund Deposit transfer must be ordered by the DTC Participant on the Transmittal Date in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number of securities in the In- Kind Creation Basket (whether standard or custom) through DTC to the relevant Trust account by 11:00 a.m., Eastern time, (the “DTC Cut-Off Time”) on the Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date. The amount of cash equal to the Cash Component, along with any cash in lieu and Transaction Fee, must be transferred directly to the Custodian through the Federal Reserve Bank wire transfer system in a timely manner so as to be received by the Custodian no later than 12:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date. The delivery of corporate securities through DTC must occur by 3:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date. The delivery of government securities through the Federal Reserve System must occur by 3:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date.
An order to create Creation Units outside the Clearing Process is deemed received by the Distributor on the Transmittal Date if (i) such order is received by the Distributor by the Closing Time on such Transmittal Date and (ii) all other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement are properly followed. If the Custodian does not receive both the required In-Kind Creation Basket by the DTC Cut-Off Time and the Cash Component by the appointed time, such order may be canceled. Upon written notice to the Distributor, a canceled order may be resubmitted the following Business Day using a Fund Deposit as newly constituted to reflect the then-current In-Kind Creation Basket and Cash Component. Except as provided in Appendix D, the delivery of Creation Units so created will occur no later than the third Business Day following the day on which the order is deemed received by the Distributor. APs that submit a canceled order will be liable to the Fund for any losses resulting therefrom. (See Appendix D for list of Foreign Market Holidays)
Orders involving foreign securities are expected to be settled outside the Clearing Process. Thus, upon receipt of an irrevocable purchase order, the Distributor will notify PGI and the Custodian of such order. The Custodian, who will have caused the appropriate local sub-custodian(s) of the Fund to maintain an account into which an AP may deliver the Fund Deposit (or cash in lieu), with adjustments determined by the Fund, will then provide information of the order to such local sub-custodian(s). The AP must also make available on or before the Settlement, by means satisfactory to the Fund, immediately available or same day funds in U.S. dollars estimated by the Fund to be sufficient to pay the Cash Component and Transaction Fee.
While, as stated above, Creation Units are generally delivered no later than the third Business Day following the day on which the order is deemed received by the Distributor. The Fund may settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than the one described above to accommodate foreign market holiday schedules, to account for different treatment among foreign and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex-dividend dates (that is the last day the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security), and in certain other circumstances.
Acceptance of Orders for Creation Units
The Trust reserves the absolute right to reject a creation order transmitted to it by the Distributor in respect of the Fund if: (i) the order is not in proper form; (ii) the investor(s), upon obtaining the Shares, would own 80% or more of the currently outstanding Shares of the Fund; (iii) the securities delivered do not conform to the In-Kind Creation Basket for the relevant date; (iv) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would have adverse tax consequences to the Fund; (v) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the opinion of counsel, be unlawful; (vi) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would otherwise, in the discretion of the Trust, the Fund, Principal or PGI, will have an adverse effect on the Trust, the Fund or the rights of beneficial owners; or (vii) in the event that circumstances that are outside the control of the Trust

43



make it practically impossible to process creation orders. Examples of such circumstances include acts of God; public service or utility problems resulting in telephone, telecopy and computer failures; fires, floods or extreme weather conditions; market conditions or activities causing trading halts; systems failures involving computer or other information systems affecting the Trust, Principal, the Distributor, DTC, NSCC, the Custodian or sub-custodian or any other participant in the creation process; and similar extraordinary events. The Distributor shall notify an AP of its rejection of the order. The Fund, the Custodian, any sub- custodian and the Distributor are under no duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund Deposits, and they shall not incur any liability for the failure to give any such notification.
Issuance of a Creation Unit
Once the Fund has accepted a creation order, upon next determination of a Fund’s NAV, the Fund will confirm the issuance of a Creation Unit, against receipt of payment, at such NAV. The Distributor will transmit a confirmation of acceptance to the AP that placed the order.
Except as provided below, a Creation Unit will not be issued until the Fund obtains good title to the Kind-Creation Basket securities and the Cash Component, along with any cash in lieu and Transaction Fee. Except as provided in Appendix D, the delivery of Creation Units will generally occur no later than the third Business Day following the Transmittal Date for securities.
In certain cases, APs will create and redeem Creation Units on the same trade date. In these instances, the Trust reserves the right to settle these transactions on a net basis.
With respect to orders involving foreign securities, when the applicable local sub-custodian(s) has confirmed to the Custodian that the In-Kind Creation Basket (or cash in lieu) has been delivered to the Fund’s account at the applicable sub-custodian(s), the Distributor and PGI shall be notified of such delivery, and the Fund will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Unit.
Creation Units may be created in advance of receipt by the Trust of all or a portion of the applicable In-Kind Creation Basket, provided the purchaser tenders an initial deposit consisting of any available securities in the In-Kind Creation Basket and cash equal to the sum of the Cash Component and at least 115% of the market value, as adjusted from time to time by, of the In-Kind Creation Basket securities not delivered (“Additional Cash Deposit”). Such initial deposit will have a value greater than the NAV of the Creation Unit on the date the order is placed. The order shall be deemed to be received on the Transmittal Date provided that it is placed in proper form prior to 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, on such date, and federal funds in the appropriate amount are deposited with the Custodian by the DTC Cut-Off Time the following Business Day. If the order is not placed in proper form by 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, or federal funds in the appropriate amount are not received by the DTC Cut-Off Time the next Business Day, then the order will be canceled or deemed unreceived and the AP effectuating such transaction will be liable to the Fund for any losses resulting therefrom.
To the extent securities in the In-Kind Creation Basket remain undelivered, pending delivery of such securities additional cash will be required to be deposited with the Trust as necessary to maintain an Additional Cash Deposit equal to at least 115% (as adjusted by PGI) of the daily marked-to-market value of the missing securities. To the extent that either such securities are still not received by 1:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the third Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Distributor or a marked-to- market payment is not made within one Business Day following notification to the purchaser and/or AP that such a payment is required, the Trust may use the cash on deposit to purchase the missing securities, and the AP effectuating such transaction will be liable to the Fund for any costs incurred therein or losses resulting therefrom, including any Transaction Fee, any amount by which the actual purchase price of the missing securities exceeds the Additional Cash Deposit or the market value of such securities on the day the purchase order was deemed received by the Distributor, as well as brokerage and related transaction costs. The Trust will return any unused portion of the Additional Cash Deposit once all of the missing securities have been received by the Trust. The delivery of Creation Units so created will occur no later than the third Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Distributor.
Transaction Fees
To compensate the Trust for costs incurred in connection with creation and redemption transactions, investors will be required to pay to the Trust a Transaction Fee as follows:
[To be added by amendment]
The Standard Transaction Fee applies to in-kind purchases of the Fund effected through the Clearing Process on any Business Day, regardless of the number of Creation Units purchased or redeemed that day (assuming, in the case of multiple orders on the same day, that the orders are received at or near the same time). A Transaction Fee of up to

44



four times the standard fee may apply to creation and redemption transactions that occur outside the Clearing Process. As shown in the table above, certain Fund Deposits consisting of a Cash Value will be subject to a variable charge of up to [ ]% in addition to the standard Transaction Fee. With cash received from the variable charge, PGI will purchase the necessary securities for the Fund’s portfolio and return any unused portion thereof to the investor.
Principal may adjust the Transaction Fee from time to time. The Standard Creation/Redemption Transaction Fee is based, in part, on the number of holdings in the Fund’s portfolio and may be adjusted on a quarterly basis if the number of holdings increases. Investors will also be responsible for the costs associated with transferring the securities in the In-Kind Creation (and Redemption) Baskets to (and from) the account of the Trust. Further, investors who, directly or indirectly, use the services of a broker or other intermediary to compose a Creation Unit in addition to an AP to effect a transaction in Creation Units may be charged an additional fee for such services.
Cash Purchase Method
When cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified for the Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases. In the case of a cash purchase, the investor must pay the cash equivalent of the Fund Deposit. In addition, cash purchases may be subject to Transaction Fees.
Redeeming Creation Units
Fund Shares may be redeemed only in Creation Units at their NAV next determined after receipt of a redemption request in proper form by the Fund through the Transfer Agent and only on a Business Day. The redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit will consist of the In-Kind Redemption Basket and a Cash Redemption Amount, or an all cash payment (“Cash Value”), in all instances equal to the value of a Creation Unit. Short positions and other instruments that cannot be transferred in kind will be represented by cash in the Cash Redemption Amount and not in the In-Kind Redemption Basket.
There can be no assurance that there will be sufficient liquidity in Shares in the secondary market to permit assembly of a Creation Unit. In addition, investors may incur brokerage and other costs in connection with assembling a Creation Unit.
The Cash Redemption Amount will typically include a Balancing Amount, reflecting the difference, if any, between the NAV of a Creation Unit and the market value of the securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket. If the NAV per Creation Unit exceeds the market value of the securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket, the Fund pays the Balancing Amount to the redeeming investor. By contrast, if the NAV per Creation Unit is less than the market value of the securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket, the redeeming investor pays the Balancing Amount to the Fund.
The Transfer Agent, in a portfolio composition file sent via the NSCC, generally makes available on each Business Day, immediately prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern time), a list of the names and the required number of shares of each security in the In-Kind Redemption Basket to be included in the current redemption proceeds for the Fund (based on information about the Fund’s portfolio at the end of the previous Business Day) (subject to correction). If applicable, [     ], through the NSCC, also makes available on each Business Day, the estimated Cash Component or Cash Value, effective through and including the previous Business Day, per Creation Unit. The Fund reserves the right to accept a nonconforming (i.e., custom) Fund Redemption.
In lieu of an In-Kind Redemption Basket and Cash Redemption Amount, Creation Units may be redeemed consisting solely of cash in an amount equal to the NAV of a Creation Unit, which amount is referred to as the Cash Value. Such redemptions for the Fund may be subject to a variable charge, as explained above. If applicable, information about the Cash Value will be made available by Transfer Agent.
From day to day, the composition of the In-Kind Redemption Basket may change as, among other things, corporate actions are implemented for the Fund’s portfolio. All questions as to the composition of the In-Kind Redemption Basket and the validity, form, eligibility, and acceptance for deposit of any securities shall be determined by the Fund, and the Fund’s determination shall be final and binding.
The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed: (i) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings); (ii) for any period during which trading on the NYSE is suspended or restricted; (iii) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the Shares or determination of the Fund’s NAV is not reasonably practicable; or (iv) in such other circumstances as permitted by the SEC, including as described below.
Cash in lieu
The Fund may, in its sole discretion, permit or require the substitution of an amount of cash (“cash in lieu”) to be added to the Cash Redemption Amount to replace any security in the In-Kind Redemption Basket. The Fund may permit or require cash in lieu when, for example, the securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket may not be available

45



in sufficient quantity for delivery or may not be eligible for transfer through the systems of DTC or the Clearing Process. Similarly, the Fund may permit or require cash in lieu when, for example, the AP or its underlying investor is restricted under U.S. or local securities law or policies from transacting in one or more securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket or an underlying investor would be subject to unfavorable tax treatment if the investor received redemption proceeds consisting of certain non-U.S. securities. The Fund will comply with the federal securities laws in satisfying redemptions with the applicable In-Kind Redemption Basket, including the securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket that are sold in transactions that would be exempt from registration under the 1933 Act. All redemption orders involving cash in lieu are considered to be “custom redemptions.”
Placement of Redemption Orders
Redemptions must be placed to the Transfer Agent through the Distributor. In addition, redemption orders must be processed either through the DTC process or the Clearing Process. To redeem a Creation Unit, an AP must submit an irrevocable redemption order to the Distributor.
An AP submitting a redemption order is deemed to represent to the Fund that it or, if applicable, the investor on whose behalf it is acting, (i) owns outright or has full legal authority and legal beneficial right to tender for redemption the Creation Unit to be redeemed and can receive the entire proceeds of the redemption, and (ii) all of the Shares in the Creation Unit to be redeemed have not been borrowed, loaned or pledged to another party nor are they the subject of a repurchase agreement, securities lending agreement or such other arrangement which would preclude the delivery of such Shares to the Fund. The Fund reserves the absolute right, in its sole discretion, to verify these representations, but will typically require verification in connection with higher levels of redemption activity and/or short interest in the Fund. If the AP, upon receipt of a verification report, does not provide sufficient verification of the requested representations, the redemption order will not be considered to be in proper form and may be rejected by the Fund.
In certain cases, APs will create and redeem Creation Units on the same trade date. In these instances, the Trust reserves the right to settle these transactions on a net basis.
Placement of Redemption Orders Using Clearing Process
Orders to redeem Creation Units through the Clearing Process are deemed received by the Trust on the Transmittal Date if (i) such order is received by the Transfer Agent not later than the Order Cut-Off Time on such Transmittal Date, and (ii) all other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement are properly followed. Orders deemed received will be effectuated based on the NAV of the Fund as next determined. An order to redeem Creation Units using the Clearing Process made in proper form but received by the Trust after the Order Cut-Off Time will be deemed received on the next Business Day and will be effected at the NAV next determined on such next Business Day. In connection with such orders, the Distributor transmits on behalf of the AP such trade instructions as are necessary to effect the redemption. Pursuant to such trade instructions, the AP agrees to deliver the requisite Creation Unit(s) to the Fund, together with such additional information as may be required by the Distributor. Cash Redemption Amounts will be delivered using either the Clearing Process or the Federal Reserve System. The applicable In-Kind Redemption Basket and the Cash Redemption Amount will be transferred to the investor by the third NSCC business day following the date on which such request for redemption is deemed received.
Placement of Redemption Orders Outside Clearing Process     
Orders to redeem Creation Units outside the Clearing Process must state that the DTC Participant is not using the Clearing Process and that redemption of Creation Units will instead be effected through transfer of Shares directly through DTC. Such orders are deemed received by the Trust on the Transmittal Date if: (i) such order is received by the Transfer Agent not later than the Order Cut-Off Time on the Transmittal Date; (ii) such order is accompanied or followed by the delivery of both (a) the Creation Unit(s), which delivery must be made through DTC to the Custodian no later than the DTC Cut-Off Time on the Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date and (b) the Cash Redemption Amount by 12:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date; and (iii) all other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement are properly followed. After the Trust has deemed such an order received, the Trust will initiate procedures to transfer, and expect to deliver, the requisite In-Kind Redemption Basket and/or any Cash Redemption Amount owed to the redeeming party by the third Business Day following the Transmittal Date on which such redemption order is deemed received by the Trust.
Orders involving foreign securities are expected to be settled outside the Clearing Process. Thus, upon receipt of an irrevocable redemption order, the Distributor will notify PGI and the Custodian. The Custodian will then provide information of the redemption to the Fund’s local sub-custodian(s). The redeeming AP, or the investor on whose behalf it is acting, will have established appropriate arrangements with a broker-dealer, bank or other custody provider in each jurisdiction in which the securities are customarily traded and to which such securities (and any cash in lieu) can be delivered from the Fund’s accounts at the applicable local sub-custodian(s).

46



The calculation of the value of the In-Kind Redemption Basket and the Cash Redemption Amount to be delivered/received upon redemption will be made by the Custodian computed on the Business Day on which a redemption order is deemed received by the Trust. Therefore, if a redemption order in proper form is submitted to the Transfer Agent by a DTC Participant or an AP with the ability to transact through the Federal Reserve System, as applicable, not later than Closing Time on the Transmittal Date, and the requisite number of Shares of the relevant Fund are delivered to the Custodian prior to the DTC Cut-Off-Time, then the value of the In-Kind Redemption Basket and the Cash Redemption Amount to be delivered/received will be determined by the Custodian on such Transmittal Date. If, however, either: (i) the requisite number of Shares of the relevant Fund are not delivered by the DTC Cut- Off-Time, as described above, or (ii) the redemption order is not submitted in proper form, then the redemption order will not be deemed received as of the Transmittal Date. In such case, the value of the In-Kind Redemption Basket and the Cash Redemption Amount to be delivered/received will be computed on the Business Day following the Transmittal Date provided that the Fund Shares of the relevant Fund are delivered through DTC to the Custodian by 11:00 a.m., Eastern time, the following Business Day pursuant to a properly submitted redemption order.
If it is not possible to effect deliveries of the securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket, the Trust may in its discretion exercise its option to redeem Shares in cash, and the redeeming beneficial owner will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash. In addition, an investor may request a redemption in cash that the Fund may, in its sole discretion, permit. In either case, the investor will receive a cash payment equal to the NAV of its Shares based on the NAV of Shares of the Fund next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (minus a Transaction Fee, including a variable charge, if applicable, as described above).
Redemptions of Fund Shares for the In-Kind Redemption Basket will be subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and the Fund (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Trust could not lawfully deliver specific securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket upon redemptions or could not do so without first registering the securities in the In-Kind Redemption Basket under such laws. An AP or an investor for which it is acting subject to a legal restriction with respect to a particular security included in the In-Kind Redemption Basket applicable to the redemption of a Creation Unit may be paid an equivalent amount of cash. The AP may request the redeeming beneficial owner of the Shares to complete an order form or to enter into agreements with respect to such matters as compensating cash payment, beneficial ownership of shares or delivery instructions.
Delivery of Redemption Basket
Once the Fund has accepted a redemption order, upon next determination of the Fund’s NAV, the Fund will confirm the issuance of an In-Kind Redemption Basket, against receipt of the Creation Unit(s) at such NAV, any cash in lieu and Transaction Fee. A Creation Unit tendered for redemption and the payment of the Cash Redemption Amount, any cash in lieu and Transaction Fee will be effected through DTC. The AP, or the investor on whose behalf it is acting, will be recorded on the book-entry system of DTC.
In certain cases, APs will create and redeem Creation Units on the same trade date. In these instances, the Trust reserves the right to settle these transactions on a net basis.
Cash Redemption Method
When cash redemptions of Creation Units are available or specified for the Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind redemptions. In the case of a cash redemption, the investor will receive the cash equivalent of the In-Kind Redemption Basket minus any Transaction Fees.
Settlement of Foreign Securities and Regular Foreign Holidays
The Fund generally intend to effect deliveries of Creation Units and portfolio securities on a basis of the Transmittal Date (“T”) plus three Business Days (i.e., days on which the national securities exchange is open) (“T+3”). The Fund may effect deliveries of Creation Units and portfolio securities on a basis other than T+3 to accommodate local holiday schedules, to account for different treatment among foreign and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex- dividend dates or under certain other circumstances. Given that foreign securities settle in accordance with the normal rules of settlement of such securities in the applicable foreign market, coupled with foreign market holiday schedules, the Settlement Date may be up to 14 calendar days after the Transmittal Date in certain circumstances.
The ability of the Trust to effect in-kind creations and redemptions within three Business Days of receipt of an order in good form is subject, among other things, to the condition that, within the time period from the date of the order to the date of delivery of the securities, there are no days that are holidays in the applicable foreign market. In such cases, the local market settlement procedures will not commence until the end of the local holiday periods. For every occurrence of one or more intervening holidays in the applicable foreign market that are not holidays observed in the U.S. equity market, the redemption settlement cycle will be extended by the number of such intervening holidays. In addition to holidays, other unforeseeable closings in a foreign market due to emergencies may also prevent the Trust

47



from delivering securities within normal settlement periods. The proclamation of new holidays, the treatment by market participants of certain days as “informal holidays” (e.g., days on which no or limited securities transactions occur, as a result of substantially shortened trading hours), the elimination of existing holidays or changes in local securities delivery practices could affect the information set forth herein at some time in the future.
Because the Fund’s portfolio securities may trade on days that the Fund’s Exchange is closed or on days that are not Business Days for the Fund, APs may not be able to redeem their Shares, or to purchase and sell Shares on the Exchange, on days when the NAV of the Fund could be significantly affected by events in the relevant non-U.S. markets.
The Trust will offer, issue and sell Shares of the Fund to investors only in Creation Units through the Distributor on a continuous basis at the NAV next determined after an order in proper form is received. The NAV of the Fund is expected to be determined as of 4:00 p.m. ET on each “Business Day,” which is defined to include any day that the Trust is open for business as required by Section 22(e) of the 1940 Act. The Trust will sell and redeem Creation Units of the Fund only on a Business Day. Applicants anticipate that a Creation Unit will consist of at least 25,000 Shares and that the price of a Share will range from $20 to $200.
The price of Shares trading on the Stock Exchange will be based on a current bid-offer market. No secondary sales will be made to Brokers at a concession by the Distributor or by the Fund. Purchases and sales of Shares on the Stock Exchange, which will not involve the Fund, will be subject to customary brokerage commissions and charges.
CALCULATION OF NAV
The Fund's NAV is calculated each day the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") is open, as of the close of business of the Exchange (normally 3:00 p.m. Central Time). The NAV of Fund shares is not determined on days the NYSE is closed (generally, New Year's Day; Martin Luther King, Jr. Day; Washington's Birthday/Presidents' Day; Good Friday; Memorial Day; Independence Day; Labor Day; Thanksgiving Day; and Christmas). When an order to buy or sell shares is received, the share price used to fill the order is the next price calculated after the order is received in proper form.
The Fund’s NAV will be the value of a single Share. The NAV of Shares of the Fund will be computed by adding the value of the Fund’s investments, cash, and other assets, subtracting its liabilities, and dividing the result by the number of Shares outstanding.
According to the Registration Statement, the Fund’s Board of Trustees has delegated day-to-day valuation oversight responsibilities to PMC. PMC has established a Valuation Committee (“Valuation Committee”) to fulfill these oversight responsibilities.
Generally, the Fund will value its portfolio securities and assets as follows:
In computing the Fund’s NAV, the Fund’s fixed income securities (including defaulted debt and restricted securities (collectively, “OTC-Traded Securities”) will be valued based on price quotations obtained from a third-party pricing service or from a broker-dealer who makes markets in such securities. Any such third-party pricing service may use a variety of methodologies to value some or all such securities to determine the market price. For example, the prices of securities with characteristics similar to those held by the Fund may be used to assist with the pricing process. In addition, the pricing service may use proprietary pricing models. The Fund’s OTC-Traded Securities will generally be valued at bid prices.
Debt securities with remaining maturities of sixty days or less for which market quotations and information furnished by a third party pricing service are not readily available will be valued at amortized cost, which approximates current value.
Exchange traded equity securities, including ETFs, Depositary Receipts (including unsponsored ADRs), exchange-traded REITs, exchange-traded preferred stock, exchange-traded convertible bonds, and cleared swaps will be valued at market value, which will generally be determined using the last reported official closing or last trading price on the exchange or market on which the security is primarily traded at the time of valuation or, if no sale has occurred, at the last quoted bid price on the primary market or exchange on which they are traded.
Investment company securities (other than ETFs), including money market funds, closed end investment companies, unit investment trusts and open-end investment companies will be valued at NAV.
Exchange-traded futures contracts will be valued at the settlement or closing price determined by the applicable exchange.
Exchange-traded option contracts, including options on futures and swaps, will be valued at their most recent sale price. If no such sales are reported, these contracts will be valued at their most recent bid price.
OTC-traded derivative instruments, including options, swaps, will normally be valued on the basis of quotes obtained from a third party broker-dealer who makes markets in such securities or on the basis of quotes obtained from an independent third-party pricing service. The Fund’s OTC-traded derivative instruments will generally be valued at bid prices. Certain OTC-traded derivative instruments, such as interest rate swaps and credit default swaps, will be valued at the mean price.
Prices described above will be obtained from pricing services that have been approved by the Fund’s Board of Trustees. A number of independent third party pricing services are available and the Fund may use more than one of these services. The Fund may also discontinue the use of any pricing service at any time. PMC will engage in oversight activities with respect to the Fund’s pricing services, which includes, among other things, testing the prices provided by pricing services prior to calculation of the Fund’s NAV, conducting periodic due diligence meetings, and periodically reviewing the methodologies and inputs used by these services.
Foreign securities and instruments will be valued in their local currency following the methodologies described above. Typically, foreign securities, instruments and currencies will be translated to U.S. dollars, based on foreign currency exchange rate quotations supplied by a pricing service as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which will use a proprietary model to determine the exchange rate.
Forward foreign currency exchange contracts will be valued at an interpolated rate based on days to maturity between the closest preceding and subsequent settlement period. Such interpolated rates are derived from foreign currency exchange rate quotations reported by an independent third-party pricing service.
Other portfolio securities and assets for which market quotations, official closing prices, or information furnished by a pricing service are not readily available or, in the opinion of the Valuation Committee, are deemed unreliable will be fair valued in good faith by the Valuation Committee in accordance with applicable fair value pricing policies. For example, if, in the opinion of the Valuation Committee, a security’s value has been materially affected by events occurring before the Fund’s pricing time but after the close of the exchange or market on which the security is principally traded, that security will be fair valued in good faith by the Valuation Committee in accordance with applicable fair value pricing policies.
In fair valuing a security, the Valuation Committee may consider factors including price movements in futures contracts and ADRs, market and trading trends, the bid/ask quotes of brokers, and off-exchange institutional trading.
TAX CONSIDERATIONS
Taxation of the Fund
It is a policy of the Fund to make distributions of substantially all of its respective investment income and any net realized capital gains. The Fund intends to qualify as regulated investment companies by satisfying certain requirements prescribed by Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. If the Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company, it will be liable for taxes, significantly reducing its distributions to shareholders and eliminating shareholders' ability to treat distributions (as long or short-term capital gains or qualifying dividends) of the Fund in the manner they were received by the Fund.
Certain Funds may purchase securities of certain foreign corporations considered to be passive foreign investment companies by the Internal Revenue Service. To avoid taxes and interest that must be paid by the Fund if these instruments appreciate in value, the Fund may make various elections permitted by the tax laws. However, these elections could require that the Fund recognizes additional taxable income, which in turn must be distributed.
The Fund is required in certain cases to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury 28% of ordinary income dividends and capital gain dividends, and the proceeds of redemption of shares, paid to any shareholder 1) who has provided either an incorrect tax identification number or no number at all, 2) who is subject to backup withholding by the Internal Revenue Service for failure to report the receipt of interest or dividend income properly, or 3) who has failed to certify to the Fund that it is not subject to backup withholding or that it is a corporation or other "exempt recipient."
Taxation of Shareholders
A shareholder recognizes gain or loss on the sale or redemption of shares of the Fund in an amount equal to the difference between the proceeds of the sales or redemption and the shareholder's adjusted tax basis in the shares. All or a portion of any loss so recognized may be disallowed if the shareholder purchases other shares of the Fund within 30 days before or after the sale or redemption. In general, any gain or loss arising from (or treated as arising from) the

48



sale or redemption of shares of the Fund is considered capital gain or loss (long-term capital gain or loss if the shares were held for longer than one year). However, any capital loss arising from the sales or redemption of shares held for six months or less is disallowed to the extent of the amount of exempt-interest dividends received on such shares and (to the extent not disallowed) is treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received on such shares. Capital losses in any year are deductible only to the extent of capital gains plus, in the case of a noncorporate taxpayer, $3,000 of ordinary income under current rules.
If a shareholder a) incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of the Fund, b) disposes of such shares less than 91 days after they are acquired, and c) subsequently acquires shares of the Fund or another fund at a reduced sales charge pursuant to a right to reinvest at such reduced sales charge acquired in connection with the acquisition of the shares disposed of, then the sales charge on the shares disposed of (to the extent of the reduction in the sales charge on the shares subsequently acquired) shall not be taken into account in determining gain or loss on the shares disposed of but shall be treated as incurred on the acquisition of the shares subsequently acquired.
Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors as to the federal, state and local tax consequences of ownership of shares of the Fund in its particular circumstances.
Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company
The Fund intends to qualify annually to be treated as regulated investment companies (RICs) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the IRC). To qualify as RICs, the Fund must invest in assets which produce types of income specified in the IRC (Qualifying Income). Whether the income from derivatives, swaps, commodity-linked derivatives and other commodity/natural resource-related securities is Qualifying Income is unclear under current law. Accordingly, the Fund’s ability to invest in certain derivatives, swaps, commodity-linked derivatives and other commodity/natural resource-related securities may be restricted. Further, if the Fund does invest in these types of securities and the income is not determined to be Qualifying Income, it may cause the Fund to fail to qualify as a RIC under the IRC.
International Funds
Some foreign securities purchased by the Fund may be subject to foreign taxes that could reduce the yield on such securities. The amount of such foreign taxes is expected to be insignificant. The Fund may from year to year make an election to pass through such taxes to shareholders. If such election is not made, any foreign taxes paid or accrued will represent an expense to the Fund that will reduce its investment company taxable income.
Futures Contracts and Options
As previously discussed, some of the Fund invest in futures contracts or options thereon, index options, or options traded on qualified exchanges. For federal income tax purposes, capital gains and losses on futures contracts or options thereon, index options or options traded on qualified exchanges are generally treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term. In addition, the Fund must recognize any unrealized gains and losses on such positions held at the end of the fiscal year. The Fund may elect out of such tax treatment, however, for a futures or options position that is part of an "identified mixed straddle" such as a put option purchased with respect to a portfolio security. Gains and losses on futures and options included in an identified mixed straddle are considered 100% short-term and unrealized gains or losses on such positions are not realized at year-end. The straddle provisions of the Code may require the deferral of realized losses to the extent that the Fund has unrealized gains in certain offsetting positions at the end of the fiscal year. The Code may also require recharacterization of all or a part of losses on certain offsetting positions from short-term to long-term, as well as adjustment of the holding periods of straddle positions.
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE
The Fund’s portfolio holdings are publicly disseminated each day the Fund is open for business through financial reporting and news services, including publicly accessible Internet web-sites. In addition, for in-kind creations, a basket composition file, which includes the security names and share quantities to deliver in exchange for Shares, together with estimates and actual cash components, will be publicly disseminated daily prior to the opening of the Exchange via the National Securities Clearing Corporation ("NSCC"). The basket represents one Creation Unit of the Fund.
Access to information concerning the Fund’s portfolio holdings may be permitted at other times to personnel of third party service providers, including the Fund’s custodian, transfer agent, auditors and counsel, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with such service providers’ agreements with the Trust on behalf of the Fund.
In addition to the permitted disclosures described above, shareholders can also obtain the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), the Fund’s Shareholder Reports, and its Form N-CSR and Form N-SAR, filed twice a

49




year. The Fund’s SAI and Shareholder Reports are available free upon request from the Fund, and those documents and the Form N-CSR and Form N-SAR may be viewed on-screen or downloaded from the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
The Board of Trustees has delegated responsibility for decisions regarding proxy voting for securities held by the Fund to Principal or to the Fund's Sub-Advisor, as appropriate. Principal and each Sub-Advisor will vote such proxies in accordance with its proxy policies and procedures, which have been reviewed by the Board of Trustees, and which are found in Appendix C. Any material changes to the proxy policies and procedures will be submitted to the Board of Trustees for approval.
Information regarding how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12 month period ended ___________, will be available, without charge, upon request, by calling 1-800-[ ] or on the SEC website at http://www.sec.gov.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
[ ], independent registered public accounting firm, is the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund.
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
Control Persons
The following list identifies shareholders who own more than 25% of the voting securities of the Fund as of ________, 2015. It is presumed that a person who owns more than 25% of the voting securities of a fund controls the fund. A control person could control the outcome of proposals presented to shareholders for approval.
Fund





Percent
of
Ownership
Shareholder Name and Address
Jurisdiction
Under
Which Control
Person is
Organized
(when control
person is a
company)





Parent of Control
Person (when control
Person is a company)
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The By-laws of the Fund sets the quorum requirement (a quorum must be present at a meeting of shareholders for business to be transacted). The By-laws of the Fund states that a quorum is "The presence in person or by proxy of one-third of the shares of the Fund outstanding at the close of business on the Record Date constitutes a quorum for a meeting of that Fund."
Certain proposals presented to shareholders for approval require the vote of a "majority of the outstanding voting securities," which is a term defined in the 1940 Act to mean, with respect to the Fund, the affirmative vote of the lesser of 1) 67% or more of the voting securities of the Fund present at the meeting of that Fund, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or 2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (a "Majority of the Outstanding Voting Securities").
Principal Holders of Securities
The Fund is unaware of any persons who own beneficially (but are not shareholders of record) more than 5% of the Fund's outstanding shares. The following list identifies the shareholders of record who own 5% or more of the Fund's outstanding shares as of ________________.
Fund/Class
Percentage
of
Ownership
Name of Owner
Address of Owner
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

50




Management Ownership
As of ___________, the Officers and Trustees of the Trust as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Fund.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER DISCLOSURE
(as provided by the Sub-Advisors)
This section contains information about portfolio managers and the other accounts they manage, their compensation, and their ownership of securities. The “Ownership of Securities” tables reflect the portfolio managers’ beneficial ownership, which means a direct or indirect pecuniary interest. For information about potential material conflicts of interest, see Investment Advisory & Other Services - Allocation of Trades.
This section lists information about the Sub-Advisors' portfolio managers alphabetically by Sub-Advisor.
Information in this section is as of ___________, unless otherwise noted.
 
Sub-Advisor: Edge Asset Management, Inc.
 
Other Accounts Managed
 
Total
Number
of Accounts
Total Assets
in the
Accounts
Number of
Accounts
that base
the Advisory
Fee on
Performance
Total Assets
of the
Accounts
that
base the
Advisory
Fee on
Performance
Charles D. Averill: Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
 
 
 
 
Registered investment companies
 
 
 
 
Other pooled investment vehicles
 
 
 
 
Other accounts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Jill R. Cuniff: Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
 
 
 
 
Registered investment companies
 
 
 
 
Other pooled investment vehicles
 
 
 
 
Other accounts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Todd A. Jablonski: Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
 
 
 
 
Registered investment companies
 
 
 
 
Other pooled investment vehicles
 
 
 
 
Other accounts
 
 
 
 
Compensation
Edge Asset Management offers a competitive compensation structure that is evaluated annually relative to other asset management firms to ensure its continued competitiveness and alignment with industry best practices. The objective of the structure is to offer market competitive compensation that aligns individual and team contributions with client performance objectives in a manner that is consistent with industry standards and business results.
Compensation for all team members is comprised of base salary and variable incentive components. As team members advance in their careers, the variable component increases in its proportion commensurate with responsibility levels. The variable component for investment professionals is designed to reinforce investment performance, firm performance, team collaboration, regulatory compliance, client retention and client satisfaction. Fund performance is measured against relative client benchmarks and peer groups over one year, three-year and five-year periods, calculated quarterly, reinforcing a longer term orientation.
Payments under the variable incentive plan are delivered in the form of cash or a combination of cash and deferred compensation. The amount of incentive delivered in the form of deferred compensation depends on the size of an individual’s incentive award as it relates to a tiered deferral scale. Deferred compensation is required to be invested into funds managed by the team, via a co-investment program; thus, aligning the interests of investment professionals with client objectives. Co-investment is subject to a three year cliff vesting schedule which meets our objective of increased employee retention.

51




In addition to base salary and variable incentive, portfolio managers and senior professionals participate in the Principal Financial Group Long-term Incentive Plan (“Plan”). Awards from this Plan are based on individual performance and are delivered in the form of three-year cliff vest Principal Financial Group (“PFG”) RSUs or a combination of three-year cliff vest PFG RSUs and three-year ratable vest PFG stock options; therefore, aligning the interests of team members with PFG stakeholders.
Ownership of Securities
Portfolio Manager
Trust Funds Managed by Portfolio Manager
(list each fund on its own line)
Dollar Range of Securities Owned by the Portfolio Manager
Charles D. Averill
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
None
Jill R. Cuniff
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
None
Todd A. Jablonski
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
None
 
Sub-Advisor: Principal Global Investors, LLC
 
Other Accounts Managed
 
Total
Number
of Accounts
Total Assets
in the
Accounts
Number of
Accounts
that base
the Advisory
Fee on
Performance
Total Assets
of the
Accounts
that
base the
Advisory
Fee on
Performance
Barbara A. McKenzie:  Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
 
 
 
 
Registered investment companies
 
 
 
 
Other pooled investment vehicles
 
 
 
 
Other accounts
 
 
 
 
Compensation
[To be filed by amendment]
Ownership of Securities
Portfolio Manager
Trust Funds Managed by Portfolio Manager
(list each fund on its own line)
Dollar Range of Securities Owned by the Portfolio Manager
Barbara A. McKenzie
Principal EDGE Active Income ETF
None


52




APPENDIX A
The following persons served on the Board of Governors of the Investment Company Institute during the last two most recently completed calendar years, during which time Karen (“Karrie”) McMillan served as an officer (General Counsel) of ICI:
Investment Advisor or Principal Underwriter/Control Person
Name of Officer
Company
Office Held at Company
Period of Service on ICI Board*
PMC and affiliated sub-advisors identified as members of the Principal Financial Group in “Investment Advisory and Other Services”
Ralph C. Eucher
Principal Financial Group
Executive Vice President
2004-2012
PMC and affiliated sub-advisors identified as members of the Principal Financial Group in “Investment Advisory and Other Services”
Nora M. Everett
Principal Funds, Inc.
President and CEO
2012-present
*
As of December 31, 2014


53




APPENDIX B – DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS
Fitch, Inc. Long-Term Credit Ratings
Investment Grade
AAA:
Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA:
Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A:
High credit quality. “A” ratings denote low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB:
Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
Speculative Grade
BB:
Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.
B:
Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.
CCC:
Substantial credit risk. ‘CCC’ ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.
CC:
Very high levels of credit risk. ‘CC’ ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.
C:
Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. ‘C’ indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.
Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned ‘D’ ratings, but are instead rated in the ‘B’ to ‘C’ rating categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. This approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.
Recovery Ratings
Recovery Ratings are assigned to selected individual securities and obligations. These currently are published for most individual obligations of corporate issuers with IDRs in the ‘B’ rating category and below, and for selected structured finance obligations in low speculative grade.
Among the factors that affect recovery rates for securities are the collateral, the seniority relative to other obligations in the capital structure (where appropriate), and the expected value of the company or underlying collateral in distress.
The Recovery Rating scale is based upon the expected relative recovery characteristics of an obligation upon the curing of a default, emergence from insolvency or following the liquidation or termination of the obligor or its associated collateral. For structured finance, Recovery Ratings are designed to estimate recoveries on a forward-looking basis while taking into account the time value of money.
Recovery Ratings are an ordinal scale and do not attempt to precisely predict a given level of recovery. As a guideline in developing the rating assessments, the agency employs broad theoretical recovery bands in its ratings approach based on historical averages, but actual recoveries for a given security may deviate materially from historical averages.

54




RR1:
Outstanding recovery prospects given default. ‘RR1’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 91%-100% of current principal and related interest.
RR2:
Superior recovery prospects given default. ‘RR2’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 71%-90% of current principal and related interest.
RR3:
Good recovery prospects given default. ‘RR3’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 51%-70% of current principal and related interest.
RR4:
Average recovery prospects given default. ‘RR4’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 31%-50% of current principal and related interest.
RR5:
Below average recovery prospects given default. ‘RR5’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 11%-30% of current principal and related interest.
RR6:
Poor recovery prospects given default. ‘RR6’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 0%-10% of current principal and related interest.
Short-Term Credit Ratings
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream, and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, structured and sovereign obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in US public finance markets.
F1:
Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F2:
Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
F3:
Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
B:
Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C:
High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.
RD:
Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only.
D:
Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a specific short-term obligation.
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. Rating Definitions:
Long-Term Obligation Ratings
Moody's long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.
Aaa:
Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.
Aa:
Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A:
Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa:
Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba:
Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B:
Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa:
Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca:
Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C:
Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

55




NOTE: Moody's appends numerical modifiers, 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category, the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking, and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
SHORT-TERM NOTES: The four ratings of Moody's for short-term notes are MIG 1, MIG 2, MIG 3, and MIG 4. MIG 1 denotes "best quality, enjoying strong protection from established cash flows." MIG 2 denotes "high quality" with "ample margins of protection." MIG 3 notes are of "favorable quality...but lacking the undeniable strength of the preceding grades." MIG 4 notes are of "adequate quality, carrying specific risk for having protection...and not distinctly or predominantly speculative."
Description of Moody's Commercial Paper Ratings:
Moody's Commercial Paper ratings are opinions of the ability to repay punctually promissory obligations not having an original maturity in excess of nine months. Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment capacity of rated issuers:
Issuers rated Prime-1 (or related supporting institutions) have a superior capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations.
Issuers rated Prime-2 (or related supporting institutions) have a strong capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations.
Issuers rated Prime-3 (or related supporting institutions) have an acceptable capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations.
Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
Description of Standard & Poor's Corporation's Debt Ratings:
A Standard & Poor's debt rating is a current assessment of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific obligation. This assessment may take into consideration obligors such as guarantors, insurers, or lessees.
The debt rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell or hold a security, inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor.
The ratings are based on current information furnished by the issuer or obtained by Standard & Poor's from other sources Standard & Poor's considers reliable. Standard & Poor's does not perform an audit in connection with any rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. The ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information, or for other circumstances.

56




The ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:
I.
Likelihood of default - capacity and willingness of the obligor as to the timely payment of interest and repayment of principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
II.
Nature of and provisions of the obligation;
III.
Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditor's rights.
AAA:
Debt rated "AAA" has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.
AA:
Debt rated "AA" has a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differs from the highest-rated issues only in small degree.
A:
Debt rated "A" has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher-rated categories.
BBB:
Debt rated "BBB" is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category than for debt in higher-rated categories.
BB, B, CCC, CC:
Debt rated "BB," "B," "CCC," and "CC" is regarded, on balance, as predominantly speculative with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. "BB" indicates the lowest degree of speculation and "CC" the highest degree of speculation. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.
C:
The rating "C" is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being paid.
D:
Debt rated "D" is in default, and payment of interest and/or repayment of principal is in arrears.
Plus (+) or Minus (-):
The ratings from "AA" to "B" may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
Provisional Ratings:
The letter "p" indicates that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project being financed by the bonds being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful and timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of, or the risk of default upon failure of, such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.
NR:
Indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating or that Standard & Poor's does not rate a particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.

57




Standard & Poor's, Commercial Paper Ratings
A Standard & Poor's Commercial Paper Rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into four categories, ranging from "A" for the highest quality obligations to "D" for the lowest. Ratings are applicable to both taxable and tax-exempt commercial paper. The four categories are as follows:
A:
Issues assigned the highest rating are regarded as having the greatest capacity for timely payment. Issues in this category are delineated with the numbers 1, 2, and 3 to indicate the relative degree of safety.
A-1:
This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is either overwhelming or very strong. Issues that possess overwhelming safety characteristics will be given a "+" designation.
A-2:
Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is strong. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated "A-1."
A-3:
Issues carrying this designation have a satisfactory capacity for timely payment. They are, however, somewhat more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the highest designations.
B:
Issues rated "B" are regarded as having only an adequate capacity for timely payment. However, such capacity may be damaged by changing conditions or short-term adversities.
C:
This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with a doubtful capacity for payment.
D:
This rating indicates that the issue is either in default or is expected to be in default upon maturity.
The Commercial Paper Rating is not a recommendation to purchase or sell a security. The ratings are based on current information furnished to Standard & Poor's by the issuer and obtained by Standard & Poor's from other sources it considers reliable. The ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in or unavailability of, such information.
Standard & Poor's rates notes with a maturity of less than three years as follows:
SP-1:
A very strong, or strong, capacity to pay principal and interest. Issues that possess overwhelming safety characteristics will be given a "+" designation.
SP-2:
A satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.
SP-3:
A speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.


58




APPENDIX C – PROXY VOTING POLICIES
The proxy voting policies applicable to the Fund:

[to be added by amendment]


59






APPENDIX D – FOREIGN MARKET HOLIDAYS
The foreign market holidays applicable to the Fund:

[to be added by amendment]


60



 


PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS
PART C. OTHER INFORMATION
Item 28. Exhibits.
(a)
(i)
Certificate of Trust *
 
(ii)
Agreement and Declaration of Trust Instrument *
(b)
By-laws *
(c)
Agreement and Declaration of Trust; Articles II, VII and IX, and By-Laws; Articles 2, 3, 9 and 10
(d)
Investment Advisory Agreement **
 
(i)
Management Agreement with Principal Management Corporation **
 
(ii)
Sub-Advisory Agreement with Edge Asset Management, Inc. **
 
(iii)
Sub-Advisory Agreement with Principal Global Investors, LLC **
(e)
(i)
Distribution Agreement **
 
(ii)
Form of Authorized Participant Agreement **
(f)
Bonus, profit sharing or pension plans -- N/A
(g)
Custodian Agreement **
(h)
(i)
Agency Services Agreement with [ ] **
 
(ii)
Fund Servicing Agreement with [ ] **
(i)
Opinion and Consent of Counsel **
(j)
(i)
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm **
 
(ii)
Powers of Attorney *
(k)
Financial Statements Omitted from Prospectus (None)
(l)
Letter of Investment Intent **
(m)
Plan Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 with respect to shares of the Registrant **
(n)
Plan Pursuant to Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act -- N/A
(o)
Reserved.
(p)
(i)
Code of Ethics of Registrant **
 
(ii)
Code of Ethics of Edge Asset Management, Inc. **
 
(iii)
Code of Ethics of Principal Global Investors, LLC **
* Filed Herein
** To be filed by Amendment
Item 29. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Fund.
The Registrant does not control and is not under common control with any person.
Item 30. Indemnification.
The Registrant is organized as a Delaware statutory trust and is operated pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated as of March 5, 2013 (the “Trust Instrument”), and the Trust’s Bylaws dated as of March 5, 2013 (“Bylaws”). The Trust Instrument and Bylaws permit the Registrant to indemnify its trustees and officers under certain circumstances. Such indemnification, however, is subject to the limitations imposed by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Article IX (sections 9.2, 9.3 and 9.6, of the Registrant’s Trust Instrument provides that:
9.2 Indemnification. The Trust shall indemnify and advance expenses to any person who is or was a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust, or a trustee, director, officer or employee of any other entity which he serves or served at the request of the Trust and in which the Trust has or had any interest as a shareholder, creditor, or otherwise (each of such persons a "Covered Person") to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law and the 1940 Act, against all liabilities and reasonable expenses (including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise, as fines and penalties, and expenses including reasonable accountants’ and counsel fees) reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal or derivative, before any court or administrative or legislative body, in which he may be involved or with which he may be threatened, while as a Covered Person or thereafter, by reason of being or having been such a Covered Person, except that no Covered Person shall be indemnified against any liability to the Trust or its Shareholders to which such Covered Person would otherwise be subject by reason of bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person's office. The payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of an action, suit or proceeding as provided for herein may be made on terms fixed by the Board of Trustees and conditioned upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay to the Trust any





amounts so paid if it is ultimately determined that indemnification of such expenses is not authorized under this Section 9.2. No amendment of this Declaration of Trust or repeal of any of the provisions hereof shall limit or eliminate the right of indemnification provided by this Section 9.2 with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.
9.3 Indemnification Not Exclusive . The right of indemnification provided by this Article IX shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any Covered Person may be entitled. As used in this Article IX, "Covered Person" shall include such person's heirs, executors and administrators, and a "disinterested, non-party Trustee" is a Trustee who is neither an Interested Person of the Trust nor a party to the proceeding in question.
9.6 Shareholders . In case any Shareholder or former Shareholder of any Series or Class shall be held to be personally liable solely by reason of his being or having been a Shareholder of such Series or Class and not because of his acts or omissions or for some other reason, the Shareholder or former Shareholder (or his heirs, executors, administrators or other legal representatives, or, in the case of a corporation or other entity, its corporate or other general successor) shall be entitled out of the assets belonging to the applicable Series or Class to be held harmless from and indemnified against all loss and expense arising from such liability. The Trust, on behalf of the affected Series, shall, upon request by the Shareholder, assume the defense of any claim made against the Shareholder for any act or obligation of the Series or Class and satisfy any judgment thereon from the assets of the Series or Class. The indemnification and reimbursement required by the preceding sentence shall be made only out of assets of the one or more Series or Classes whose Shares were held by said Shareholder at the time the act or event occurred which gave rise to the claim against or liability of said Shareholder. The rights accruing to a Shareholder under this Section shall not impair any other right to which such Shareholder may be lawfully entitled, nor shall anything herein contained restrict the right of the Trust or any Series or Class to indemnify or reimburse a Shareholder in any appropriate situation even though not specifically provided herein.
Article 9 of the Bylaws provides that:
9.01 Right to Indemnification . Subject to the exceptions and limitations contained in Section 9.02, every person who is or was a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust, including persons who serve or served at the request of the Trust as directors, trustees, officers or employees of another organization in which the Trust has or had an interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise (each, a “Covered Person”), shall be indemnified by the Trust to the maximum extent permitted by law against all liability and reasonable expenses incurred or paid by him in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his or her being or having been such a director, trustee, officer or employee and against amounts paid or incurred by him in settlement thereof.
9.02 Exceptions . No indemnification shall be provided hereunder to a Covered Person:
(a) for any liability to the Trust or its shareholders arising out of a final adjudication by the court or other body before which the proceeding was brought that the Covered Person engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office;
(b) with respect to any matter as to which the Covered Person shall have been finally adjudicated not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interests of the Trust; or
(c) in the event of a settlement or other disposition not involving a final adjudication (as provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 9.02) and resulting in a payment by a Covered Person, unless there has been either a determination that such Covered Person did not engage in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office by the court or other body approving the settlement or other disposition, or a reasonable determination, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that he did not engage in such conduct, such determination being made by: (i) a vote of a majority of the Disinterested Trustees (as such term is defined in Section 9.04) acting on the matter; or (ii) a written opinion of independent legal counsel.
9.03 Advancement of Expenses . Expenses of preparation and presentation of a defense to any claim, action, suit or proceeding subject to a claim for indemnification under this Article 9 shall be advanced by the Trust prior to final disposition thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that he is not entitled to indemnification under this Article 9, provided that either: (a) such undertaking is secured by a surety bond or some other appropriate security or the Trust shall be insured against losses arising out of any such advances; or (b) a majority of the Disinterested Trustees acting on the matter or independent legal counsel in a written opinion shall determine, based upon a review of the readily available facts (as opposed to the facts available upon a full trial), that there is a reason to believe that the Covered Person ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
9.04 Certain Defined Terms Relating to Indemnification . For purposes of this Article 9: (a) "liability and reasonable expenses" shall include hut not be limited to reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, amounts of any judgment, fine or penalty, and reasonable amounts paid in settlement; (b) "claim, action, suit or proceeding" shall include every such claim, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, derivative or otherwise, administrative, judicial or legislative, any appeal relating thereto, and shall include any reasonable apprehension or threat of such a claim, action, suit or proceeding; (c) a "Covered Person" shall include such person's heirs, executors and administrators; and (d) a “Disinterested Trustee” shall mean a Trustee (i) who is not an “Interested Person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust (including anyone, as such Disinterested Trustee, who has been exempted from being an Interested Person by any rule, regulation or order of the SEC), and (ii) against whom none of such actions, suits or other proceedings or another action, suit or other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or has been pending.





Item 31. Business and Other Connections of t he Investment Advisor.
Principal Management Corporation ("PMC") serves as investment adviser and administrator for Principal Variable Contracts Funds, Inc. ("PVC") and Principal Funds, Inc. ("PFI"). PVC and PFI are funds sponsored by Principal Life Insurance Company. PMC also provides the investment committee of Principal Trust Company (“PTC”), a member of the Principal Financial Group, advisory services relating to PTC's collective investment trusts.
A complete list of the officers and directors of the investment adviser, PMC, are set out below along with other employment with which that person has been engaged. This list includes some of the same people (designated by an *), who serve as officers and directors of the Registrant. For these people, the information as set out in the Statement of Additional Information (See Part B) under the caption "Management Incorporation" is incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
NATURE OF RELATIONSHIP
 
NAME & OFFICE
 
(INVESTMENT ADVISER
 
WITH
OTHER COMPANY & PRINCIPAL
OFFICER'S OFFICE WITH
 
INVESTMENT ADVISER
BUSINESS ADDRESS
OTHER COMPANY)
 
 
 
 
 
Patricia A. Barry
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
Counsel/Assistant Corporate
 
Assistant Secretary
 
Secretary
 
 
 
 
*
Michael J. Beer
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
See Part B
 
Executive Vice President/
 
 
 
Chief Operating Officer and Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
Tracy W. Bollin
Principal Funds Distributor, Inc. (2)
See Part B
 
Chief Financial Officer and
and Princor Financial Services
 
 
Director
Corporation (1)
 
 
 
 
 
*
David J. Brown
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
See Part B
 
Senior Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
Teresa M. Button
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
See Part B
 
Vice President and Treasurer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gregory B. Elming
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
Senior Vice President and
 
Director
 
Chief Risk Officer
 
 
 
 
*
Nora M. Everett
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
See Part B
 
President and
 
 
 
Chairman of the Board
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stephen G. Gallaher
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
Assistant General Counsel
 
Assistant General Counsel and
 
 
 
Assistant Secretary
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
Ernest H. Gillum
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
See Part B
 
Vice President and Chief
 
 
 
Compliance Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Kelly A. Grossman
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
Portfolio Investment Strategist
 
Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Patrick A. Kirchner
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
Assistant General Counsel
 
Assistant General Counsel
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
Jennifer A. Mills
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
See Part B
 
Counsel
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
Layne A. Rasmussen
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
See Part B
 
Vice President and
 
 
 
Controller - Principal Funds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 





 
 
 
NATURE OF RELATIONSHIP
 
NAME & OFFICE
 
(INVESTMENT ADVISER
 
WITH
OTHER COMPANY & PRINCIPAL
OFFICER'S OFFICE WITH
 
INVESTMENT ADVISER
BUSINESS ADDRESS
OTHER COMPANY)
 
 
 
 
 
Karen E. Shaff
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
Executive Vice President,
 
Executive Vice President,
 
General Counsel & Secretary
 
General Counsel and Secretary
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
Adam U. Shaikh
Principal Life Insurance Company (1)
See Part B
 
Counsel
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Randy L. Welch
Principal Financial Advisors, Inc. (1)
President
 
Senior Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
Dan L. Westholm
Principal Financial Advisors, Inc. (1)
See Part B
 
Assistant Vice President/Treasury
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Des Moines, IA 50392
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2)
1100 Investment Boulevard
 
 
 
El Dorado Hills, CA 95762-5710
 
Item 32. Principal Underwriters.
(a)
The sole principal underwriter for the Fund is [ ] which acts as distributor for the Registrant and the following other funds:
[list of funds distributed by Distributor]
(b)
The following officers of the Distributor hold the following positions with the Registrant. The principal business address for all directors and executive officers is [ ].
NAME
 
POSITIONS AND OFFICES
WITH REGISTRANT
 
POSITIONS AND OFFICES
WITH UNDERWRITER
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)
Not applicable.
Item 33. Location of Accounts and Records.
All accounts, books, and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder are maintained at the offices of [ ], [address[.
Item 34. Management Services.
Not applicable.
Item 35. Undertakings.
None.





SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized in the City of Des Moines and State of Iowa, on the 6th day of February, 2015.
 
 
Principal Exchange-Traded Funds
 
(Registrant)
 


/s/ N. M. Everett
_____________________________________
N. M. Everett
Chair, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Attest:

/s/ Beth Wilson
______________________________________
Beth Wilson
Vice President and Secretary
 





 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
Signature
Title
Date
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ N. M. Everett
__________________________
N. M. Everett
Chair, President and
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
February 6, 2015
 
 
 
 
/s/ T. W. Bollin
__________________________
T. W. Bollin
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
February 6, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ L. A. Rasmussen
__________________________
L. A. Rasmussen
Vice President and Controller
(Controller)
February 6, 2015
 
 
(E. Ballantine)*
__________________________
E. Ballantine
Trustee
February 6, 2015
 
 
 
 
(L. T. Barnes)*
__________________________
L. T. Barnes
Trustee
February 6, 2015
 
 
 
 
(C. Damos)*
__________________________
C. Damos
Trustee
February 6, 2015
 
 
 
 
(M. A. Grimmett)*
__________________________
M. A. Grimmett
Trustee
February 6, 2015
 
 
 
 
(F. S. Hirsch)*
__________________________
F. S. Hirsch
Trustee
February 6, 2015
 
 
 
 
(T. Huang)*
__________________________
T. Huang
Trustee
February 6, 2015
 
 
 
 
(W. C. Kimball)*
__________________________
W. C. Kimball
Trustee
February 6, 2015
 
 
 
 
(K. McMillan)*
__________________________
K. McMillan
Trustee
February 6, 2015
 
 
 
 
(D. Pavelich)*
__________________________
D. Pavelich
Trustee
February 6, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ M. J. Beer
_______________________________
M. J. Beer
Executive Vice President and Trustee
* Pursuant to Power of Attorney filed herein








Exhibit Index
(a)
(i)
Certificate of Trust
 
(ii)
Agreement and Declaration of Trust Instrument
(b)
 
By-laws
(j)
(ii)
Powers of Attorney





 


CERTIFICATE OF TRUST

This Certificate of Trust of Principal Exchange-Traded Funds (the "Trust") is being duly executed and filed on behalf of the Trust by the undersigned, as Trustee of the Trust and not individually, to form a statutory trust under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (12 Del. C. §§ 3801 et seq.) (the "Act").

1.
Name . The name of the statutory trust formed hereby is Principal Exchange-Traded Funds.

2.
Registered Agent . The business address of the registered office of the Trust in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington DE 19808. The name of the Trust's registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

3.
Effective Date . This Certificate of Trust shall be effective upon the date and time of filing in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

4.
Investment Company . The Trust is or will become a registered investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, prior to or within 180 days following the first issuance of beneficial interests.

5.
Series . Pursuant to Section 3806(b)(2) of the Act, the Trust shall issue one or more series of beneficial interests having the rights and preferences set forth in the governing instrument of the Trust, as the same may be amended from time to time (each a "Series").

6.
Notice of Limitation of Liabilities of each Series . Pursuant to Section 3804(a) of the Act, there shall be a limitation on liabilities of each Series such that (a) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to a particular Series shall be enforceable against the assets of such Series only, and not against the assets of the Trust generally or any other Series and (b) none of the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to the Trust generally or any other Series shall be enforceable against the assets of such Series.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned being th sole initial Trustee of the Trust, has executed this Certificate of Trust in accordance with Section 3811(a)(1) of the Act as of this 5th day of March, 2013.




/s/ Michael J. Beer_______________________
Michael J. Beer
as Trustee and not individually





















AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST

OF

PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS

A Delaware Statutory Trust

    





TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page

ARTICLE I    NAME AND DEFINITIONS    1
Section 1.1    Name    1
Section 1.2    Registered Agent and Registered Office    1
Section 1.3    Definitions    2

ARTICLE II    BENEFICIAL INTEREST    3
Section 2.1    Shares of Beneficial Interest    3
Section 2.2    Issuance of Shares    3
Section 2.3    Ownership and Transfer of Shares    4
Section 2.4    Treasury Shares    4
Section 2.5    Establishment of Series and Classes    4
Section 2.6    Investment in the Trust    5
Section 2.7    Assets and Liabilities Belonging to a Series or Class    5
Section 2.8    No Preemptive or Appraisal Rights    7
Section 2.9    Conversion Rights    7
Section 2.10    Derivative Actions    7
Section 2.11    Status of Shares    8
Section 2.12    Fees and Expenses    8
Section 2.13    Payment of Expenses by the Trust    8

ARTICLE III    THE TRUSTEES    9
Section 3.1    Management of the Trust    9
Section 3.2    Initial Trustee    9
Section 3.3    Term of Office of Trustees    9
Section 3.4    Vacancies and Appointment of Trustees    9
Section 3.5    Effect of Death, Resignation, Etc. of a Trustee    10
Section 3.6    Ownership of Assets of the Trust    10

ARTICLE IV    POWERS OF THE TRUSTEES    11
Section 4.1    Powers    11
Section 4.2    Issuance and Repurchase of Shares    14
Section 4.3    Action by the Trustees     14
Section 4.4    Chairman of the Trustees    15
Section 4.5    Principal Transactions    15

ARTICLE V    SERVICE CONTRACTS    15
Section 5.1    Service Contracts    15

ARTICLE VI    CUSTODIAN    17
Section 6.1    Appointment and Duties    17
Section 6.2    Central Certificate System    17




TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page


ARTICLE VII    SHAREHOLDER VOTING POWERS AND MEETINGS    18
Section 7.1    Voting    18
Section 7.2    Meetings    18
Section 7.3    Quorum and Required Vote    19
Section 7.4    Action by Written Consent    19

ARTICLE VIII    DISTRIBUTIONS AND REDEMPTIONS    19
Section 8.1    Distributions    19
Section 8.2    Redemptions    20
Section 8.3    Determination of Net Asset Value    21
Section 8.4    Suspension of Right of Redemption    21

ARTICLE IX    LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION    22
Section 9.1    Limitation of Liability    22
Section 9.2    Indemnification    22
Section 9.3    Indemnification Not Exclusive    23
Section 9.4 No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments    23
Section 9.5     Reliance on Experts    23
Section 9.6     Shareholders    23

ARTICLE X    MISCELLANEOUS    24
Section 10.1    Statutory Trust Only    24
Section 10.2    Trustees' Good Faith Action; No Bond or Surety    24
Section 10.3    Establishment of Record Dates    24
Section 10.4    Dissolution and Termination of Trust or Series    25
Section 10.5    Merger, Consolidation, Reorganization    26
Section 10.6    Filing of Copies, References, Headings    26
Section 10.7    Applicable Law    27
Section 10.8    Amendments    27
Section 10.9    Fiscal Year    28
Section 10.10    Provisions in Conflict with Law    28
Section 10.11    Alternative Voting    28
Section 10.12    Use of Name    28



-ii -



AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST

OF

PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS
This AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST of Principal Exchange-Traded Funds (the “Trust”) is made as of March 5, 2013 by the Trustees hereunder (together with all persons from time to time duly elected, qualified and serving as Trustees in accordance with Article III hereof).
WHEREAS, the Trustees desire to create a statutory trust to carry on the business of an open-end management investment company as defined in the 1940 Act;
WHEREAS, the Trust shall be formed under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act upon the filing of the Certificate of Trust of the Trust in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;
WHEREAS, the Trustees desire that the beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust be divided into transferable shares of beneficial interest, as hereinafter provided; and
WHEREAS, the Trustees declare that all money and property contributed to the Trust established hereunder shall be held and managed in trust for the benefit of the holders of the shares of beneficial interest issued hereunder and subject to the provisions hereof;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the undersigned Trustees hereby declare that all money and property contributed to the Trust hereunder shall be held and managed in trust under this Agreement and Declaration of Trust ("Declaration of Trust”) herein set forth below.

ARTICLE I
NAME AND DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1      Name . The name of the trust established hereby is “Principal Exchange-Traded Funds,” and the Trustees shall conduct the business of the Trust under this name, or any other name as the Trustees may from time to time determine. The Trustees may, without Shareholder approval, change the name of the Trust or of any Series or Class thereof.
Section 1.2      Registered Agent and Registered Office . The name of the registered agent of the Trust and the address of the registered office of the Trust in the State of Delaware are as set forth in the Certificate of Trust. The Trustees may, without Shareholder approval, change the registered agent and the registered office of the Trust.
Section 1.3      Definitions . Wherever used herein, unless otherwise required by the context or specifically provided:





(a)      "Act" means the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, 12 Del. C. §§ 3801 et seq ., as amended from time to time;
(b)      "By-laws" means the By-laws referred to in Section 4.1(e) hereof, as from time to time amended;
(c)      The terms "Affiliated Person," "Commission," "Interested Person" and "Principal Underwriter" shall have the meanings given them in the 1940 Act. "Majority Shareholder Vote" shall have the same meaning that the term "vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities" is given in the 1940 Act;
(d)      "Certificate of Trust" means the certificate of trust of the Trust filed on March 5, 2013 with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, as required under the Act, as such certificate is amended or restated from time to time;
(e)      "Class" means any division of Shares within a Series, which Class is or has been established in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.5 hereof;
(f)      “Electronic Transmission” means any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such recipient through an automated process;
(g)      “Initial Trustee” means Michael J. Beer in his capacity as a Trustee of the Trust;
(h)      "Net Asset Value" means the net asset value of each Series or Class of the Trust determined in the manner provided in Section 8.3 hereof;
(i)      "Outstanding Shares" means those Shares recorded from time to time in the books of the Trust or its transfer agent as then issued and outstanding, but shall not include Shares which have been redeemed or repurchased by the Trust and which are at the time held in the treasury of the Trust;
(j)      "Series" means a series of Shares of the Trust established in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.5 hereof;
(k)      "Shareholder" means a record owner of Outstanding Shares of the Trust;
(l)      "Shares" means the equal proportionate transferable units of beneficial interest into which the beneficial interest of each Series of the Trust or Class thereof shall be divided and may include fractions of Shares as well as whole Shares;
(m)      "Trust" refers to Principal Exchange-Traded Funds and reference to the Trust, when applicable to one or more Series of the Trust, shall refer to any such Series;

-2-




(n)      "Trustee" or "Trustees" means the person or persons who has or have signed this Declaration of Trust, so long as such person or persons shall continue in office in accordance with the terms hereof, and all other persons who may from time to time be duly qualified and serving as Trustees in accordance with the provisions of Article III hereof, and reference herein to a Trustee or to the Trustees shall refer to the individual Trustees in their capacity as Trustees hereunder (the Trustees may be collectively referred to herein as the “Board of Trustees”);
(o)      "Trust Property" means any and all property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which is owned or held by or for the account of the Trust or any Series, or the Trustees on behalf of the Trust or any Series; and
(p)      The "1940 Act" refers to the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as amended from time to time.
ARTICLE II
BENEFICIAL INTEREST
Section 2.1      Shares of Beneficial Interest . The beneficial interest in the Trust shall be divided into such transferable Shares of one or more separate and distinct Series and Classes within a Series as the Trustees shall from time to time create and establish. The number of Shares of each Series and Class authorized hereunder is unlimited. Each Share shall have no par value, unless otherwise determined by the Trustees. All Shares issued hereunder, including, without limitation, Shares issued in connection with a dividend in Shares or a split or reverse split of Shares, shall be fully paid and nonassessable.
Section 2.2      Issuance of Shares . The Trustees in their discretion may, from time to time, without vote of the Shareholders, issue Shares of each Series and Class to such party or parties and for such amount and type of consideration (or for no consideration if pursuant to a Share dividend or split-up), subject to applicable laws and regulations, including cash or securities (including Shares of a different Series or Class), at such time or times and on such terms as the Trustees may deem appropriate, and may in such manner acquire other assets (including the acquisitions of assets subject to, and in connection with, the assumption of liabilities) and businesses. In connection with any issuance of Shares, the Trustees may issue fractional Shares and Shares held in the treasury of the Trust. The Trustees may from time to time divide or combine the Shares of the Trust or any Series or Class into a greater or lesser number without thereby materially changing the proportionate beneficial interest of the Shares of the Trust or such Series or Class in the assets held with respect to the Trust or such Series or Class. The Trustees may classify or reclassify any unissued Shares or any Shares previously issued and reacquired of any Series or Class into one or more Series or Classes that may be established and designated from time to time.
Any Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust, and any organization in which any such person is interested, may acquire, own, hold and dispose of Shares of any Series or Class of the Trust to the same extent as if such person were not a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust; and the Trust may issue and sell or cause to be issued and sold and may purchase Shares of any Series or Class from any such person or any such organization subject

-3-




only to the general limitations, restrictions or other provisions applicable to the sale or purchase of Shares of such Series or Class generally.
Section 2.3      Ownership and Transfer of Shares . The Trust or a transfer agent for the Trust shall maintain a register containing the names and addresses of the Shareholders of each Series and Class thereof, the number of Shares of each Series and Class held by such Shareholders, and a record of all Share transfers. The register shall be conclusive as to the identity of Shareholders of record and the number of Shares held by them from time to time. The Trust shall not issue certificates representing Shares except as the Trustees may otherwise determine from time to time. Shares and adopt rules governing their use. The Trustees may make rules governing the transfer of Shares, whether or not represented by certificates. Except as otherwise provided by the Trustees, Shares shall be transferable on the books of the Trust only by the record holder thereof or by his duly authorized agent upon delivery to the Trustees or the Trust's transfer agent of a duly executed instrument of transfer, together with a Share certificate if one is outstanding, and such evidence or the genuineness of each such execution and authorization and of such other matters as may be required by the Trustees. Upon such delivery, and subject to any further requirements specified by the Trustees or contained in the By-laws, the transfer shall be recorded on the books of the Trust. Until a transfer is so recorded, the Shareholder of record of Shares shall be deemed to be the holder of such Shares for all purposes hereunder and neither the Trustees nor the Trust nor any transfer agent, registrar, officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be affected by any notice of a proposed transfer.
Section 2.4      Treasury Shares . Shares held in the treasury of the Trust shall, until reissued pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, not confer any voting rights on the Trustees, nor shall such Shares be entitled to any dividends or other distributions declared with respect to the Shares.
Section 2.5      Establishment of Series and Classes . The Trust shall consist of one or more Series and Classes, and separate and distinct records shall be maintained by the Trust for each Series and Class. The Trustees shall have full power and authority, in their sole discretion, and without obtaining any prior authorization or vote of the Shareholders of any Series or Class of the Trust, to establish and designate and to change in any manner any initial or additional Series or Classes and to fix such preferences, voting powers, conversion and other rights, privileges, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and conditions of redemption of such Series or Classes as the Trustees may from time to time determine, to divide or combine the Shares of any Series or Class into a greater or lesser number, to classify or reclassify any issued Shares of any Series or Class into one or more Series or Classes of Shares, and to take such other action with respect to the Shares as the Trustees may deem desirable. Unless another time is specified by the Trustees, the establishment and designation of any Series or Class shall be effective upon the adoption of a resolution by the Trustees setting forth such establishment and designation and the preferences, powers, rights and privileges of the Shares of such Series or Class, whether directly in such resolution or by reference to, or approval of, another document that sets forth such relative rights and preferences of such Series or Class, including without limitation any registration statement of the Trust filed with the Commission, or as otherwise provided in such resolution. The Trust may issue any number of Shares of each Series or Class and need not issue certificates for any Shares.

-4-




All references to Shares in this Declaration of Trust shall be deemed to be Shares of any or all Series or Classes as the context may require. All provisions herein relating to the Trust shall apply equally to each Series and Class of the Trust except as the context otherwise requires.
Each Share of a Series of the Trust shall represent an equal proportionate interest in the assets belonging to that Series (subject to the liabilities belonging to the Series, and, in the case of each Class, to the liabilities belonging to that Class), and each Share of any Class of a particular Series shall be equal to each other Share of that Class; but the provisions of this sentence shall not restrict any distinctions permissible under this Section 2.5.
Section 2.6      Investment in the Trust . The Trustees shall accept investments in any Series of the Trust, or Class if the Series has been divided into Classes, from such persons and on such terms as they may from time to time authorize. At the Trustees’ discretion, such investments, subject to applicable law, may be in the form of cash or securities in which the affected Series is authorized to invest, valued as provided in Section 8.3 hereof, or other property. Unless the Trustees otherwise determine, investments in a Series shall be credited to each Shareholder's account in the form of full Shares at the Net Asset Value per Share next determined after the investment is received. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustees may, in their sole discretion, (a) fix the Net Asset Value per Share of the initial capital contribution, (b) impose sales or other charges upon investments in the Trust or (c) issue fractional Shares. The Trustees shall have the right to refuse to accept investments in any Series or Class at any time without any cause or reason whatsoever.
Section 2.7      Assets and Liabilities Belonging to a Series or Class. All consideration received by the Trust for the issue or sale of Shares of a particular Series or Class, together with all assets in which such consideration is invested or reinvested, all income, earnings, profits, and proceeds thereof, including any proceeds derived from the sale, exchange or liquidation of such assets, and any funds or payments derived from any reinvestment of such proceeds in whatever form the same may be, shall be held and accounted for separately from the other assets of the Trust and of every other Series or Class and may be referred to herein as "assets belonging to" that Series or Class. The assets belonging to a particular Series or Class shall belong to that Series or Class for all purposes, and to no other Series or Class, subject only to the rights of creditors of that Series. In addition, any assets, income, earnings, profits or funds, or payments and proceeds with respect thereto, which are not readily identifiable as belonging to any particular Series or Class, shall be allocated by the Trustees between and among one or more of the Series and/or Classes in such manner as the Trustees, in their sole discretion, deem fair and equitable. Each such allocation shall be conclusive and binding upon the Shareholders of all Series and Classes for all purposes, and such assets, income, earnings, profits or funds, or payments and proceeds with respect thereto shall be assets belonging to that Series or Class, as the case may be. The assets belonging to a particular Series and Class shall be so recorded upon the books of the Trust, and shall be held by the Trustees in trust for the benefit of the holders of Shares of that Series or Class, as the case may be.
The assets belonging to each particular Series or Class shall be charged with the liabilities of that Series or Class and all expenses, costs, charges and reserves attributable to that Series or Class. Any general liabilities, expenses, costs, charges or reserves of the Trust which are not

-5-




readily identifiable as belonging to any particular Series or Class shall be allocated and charged by the Trustees between or among any one or more of the Series and/or Classes in such manner as the Trustees in their sole discretion deem fair and equitable. Each such allocation shall be conclusive and binding upon the Shareholders of all Series and Classes for all purposes. The liabilities, expenses, costs, charges and reserves allocated and so charged to a Series or Class are herein referred to as "liabilities belonging to" that Series or Class. To the extent permitted by rule or order of the Commission, the Trustees may allocate all or a portion of any liabilities belonging to a Series to a particular Class or Classes as the Trustees may from time to time determine is appropriate.
Without limitation of the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.7, but subject to the right of the Trustees in their discretion to allocate general liabilities, expenses, costs, charges or reserves as herein provided, the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to a particular Series shall be enforceable against the assets belonging to such Series only, and not against the assets of the Trust generally or any other Series. Notice of this limitation on inter-Series liabilities shall be set forth in the Certificate of Trust (whether originally or by amendment), and upon the giving of such notice in the Certificate of Trust, the statutory provisions of Section 3804 of the Act relating to limitations on inter-Series liabilities (and the statutory effect under Section 3804 of setting forth such notice in the Certificate of Trust) shall become applicable to the Trust and each Series. Any person extending credit to, contracting with or having any claim against any Series may satisfy or enforce any debt, liability, obligation or expense incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to that Series from the assets of that Series only. No Shareholder or former Shareholder of any Series shall have a claim on or any right to any assets allocated or belonging to any other Series.
Similarly, the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to a particular Class shall be enforceable against the assets belonging to such Class only, and not against the assets of the Series or the Trust generally or any other Class. Each contract entered into by the Trust which is or may be an obligation of a Class within a Series shall contain a provision to the effect that the parties to the contract will look only to the assets belonging to the Class for the satisfaction of any liability, and not to any extent to the assets of any other Class or Series or the Trust generally. If, notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any liability properly charged to a Class is paid from the assets of another Class, the Class from whose assets the liability was paid shall be reimbursed from the assets of the Class to which such liability belonged.
Section 2.8      No Preemptive or Appraisal Rights . Shareholders shall have no preemptive or other similar rights to subscribe to any additional Shares or other securities issued by the Trust or the Trustees, whether of the same or another Series or Class. No Shareholder shall be entitled, as a matter of right, to appraisal rights or to any other relief as a dissenting Shareholder in respect of any proposal or action involving the Trust or any Series or Class thereof.
Section 2.9      Conversion Rights . The Trustees shall have the authority to provide from time to time that the holders of Shares of any Series or Class shall have the right to convert or

-6-




exchange said Shares for or into Shares of one or more other Series or Classes in accordance with such requirements and procedures as may be established from time to time by the Trustees.
Section 2.10      Derivative Actions . No person, other than a Trustee, who is not a Shareholder of a particular Series or Class shall be entitled to bring any derivative action, suit or other proceeding on behalf of or with respect to such Series or Class. No Shareholder of a Series or Class may bring a derivative action with respect to such Series or Class unless holders of at least ten percent (10%) of the outstanding Shares of such Series or Class join in the bringing of such action. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3816 of the Act and the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10, all matters relating to the bringing of derivative actions in the right of the Trust shall be governed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware relating to derivative actions, and judicial interpretations thereunder, as if the Trust were a Delaware corporation and the Shareholders were shareholders of a Delaware corporation.
In addition to the requirements set forth in Section 3816 of the Act, a Shareholder may bring a derivative action on behalf of the Trust with respect to a Series or Class only if the following conditions are met: (a) the Shareholder or Shareholders must make a pre-suit demand upon the Trustees to bring the subject action unless an effort to cause the Trustees to bring such an action is not likely to succeed; and a demand on the Trustees shall only be deemed not likely to succeed and therefore excused if a majority of the Trustees, or a majority of any committee established to consider the merits of such action, has a personal financial interest in the transaction at issue, and a Trustee shall not be deemed interested in a transaction or otherwise disqualified from ruling on the merits of a Shareholder demand by virtue of the fact that such Trustee receives remuneration for his service as a Trustee of the Trust or as a trustee or director of one or more investment companies that are under common management with or otherwise affiliated with the Trust; and (b) unless a demand is not required under clause (a) of this paragraph, the Trustees must be afforded a reasonable amount of time to consider such Shareholder request and to investigate the basis of such claim; and the Trustees shall be entitled to retain counsel or other advisors in considering the merits of the request and shall require an undertaking by the Shareholders making such request to reimburse the Trust for the expense of any such advisors in the event that the Trustees determine not to bring such action. For purposes of this Section 2.10, the Trustees may designate a committee of one Trustee to consider a Shareholder demand if necessary to create a committee with a majority of Trustees who do not have a personal financial interest in the transaction at issue.
Section 2.11      Status of Shares . Shares shall be deemed to be personal property giving only the rights provided in this Declaration of Trust. Every Shareholder by virtue of having become a Shareholder shall be held to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms hereof. The death of a Shareholder during the continuance of the Trust shall not operate to terminate the Trust nor entitle the representative of any deceased Shareholder to an accounting or to take any action in court or elsewhere against the Trust or the Trustees, but only to the rights of said decedent under this Trust. Ownership of Shares shall not entitle the Shareholder to any title in or to the whole or any part of the Trust Property or right to call for a partition or division of the same or for an accounting, nor shall the ownership of Shares constitute the Shareholders partners.

-7-




Section 2.12      Fees and Expenses . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Declaration of Trust, each Share of any Series or Class may be subject to such sales loads or charges, whether initial, deferred or contingent, or any combination thereof, or any other type of sales load or charge; to such expenses and fees (including, without limitation, distribution expenses, administrative expenses under an administrative or service agreement, plan or other arrangement, however designated, and other administrative, recordkeeping, redemption, service and other fees, however designated); to such account size requirements; and to such other rights and provisions; which may be the same or different from any other Share of any Series or Class, including any other Share of the same Series or Class, all as the Board of Trustees may from time to time establish and/or change in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.
Section 2.13     Payment of Expenses By The Trust . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.7 hereof, the Trust or a particular Series or Class shall pay, or shall reimburse the Trustees from the assets belonging to all Series or the appropriate Series or Class for their expenses and disbursements, including, without limitation, fees and expenses of Trustees, interest expense, taxes, fees and commissions of every kind, expenses of pricing Trust portfolio securities, expenses of issue, repurchase and redemption of shares, including expenses attributable to a program of periodic repurchases or redemptions, expenses of registering and qualifying the Trust and its Shares under Federal and State laws and regulations or under the laws of any foreign jurisdiction, charges of third parties, including investment advisers, managers, custodians, transfer agents, portfolio accounting and/or pricing agents, and registrars, expenses of preparing and setting up in type prospectuses and statements of additional information and other related Trust documents, expenses of printing and distributing prospectuses sent to existing Shareholders, auditing and legal expenses, reports to Shareholders, expenses of meetings of Shareholders and proxy solicitations therefor, insurance expenses, association membership dues and for such non-recurring items as may arise, including litigation to which the Trust (or a Trustee acting as such) is a party, and for all losses and liabilities by them incurred in administering the Trust, and for the payment of such expenses, disbursements, losses and liabilities the Trustees shall have a lien on the assets belonging to the appropriate Series or Class, on the assets of each such Series or Class, prior to any rights or interests of the Shareholders thereto. This section shall not preclude the Trust from directly paying any of the aforementioned fees and expenses.
ARTICLE III
THE TRUSTEES
Section 3.1      Management of the Trust . The Trustees shall have exclusive and absolute control over the Trust Property and over the business of the Trust to the same extent as if the Trustees were the sole owners of the Trust Property and business in their own right, but with such powers of delegation as may be permitted by this Declaration of Trust. The Trustees shall have power to conduct the business of the Trust and carry on its operations in any and all of its branches and maintain offices both within and without the State of Delaware, in any and all states of the United States, in the District of Columbia, in any and all commonwealths, territories, dependencies, colonies, or possessions of the United States, and in any foreign jurisdiction and to do all such other things and execute all such instruments as they deem necessary, proper or desirable in order to promote the interests of the Trust although such things

-8-




are not herein specifically mentioned. Any determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust or a Series or Class of the Trust made by the Trustees in good faith shall be conclusive. In construing the provisions of this Declaration of Trust, the presumption shall be in favor of a grant of power to the Trustees.
The enumeration of any specific power in this Declaration of Trust shall not be construed as limiting the aforesaid power. The powers of the Trustees may be exercised without order of or resort to any court.
Section 3.2      Initial Trustee . The Initial Trustee shall initially be the sole Trustee of the Trust and shall have and exercise all powers of the Trustees under this Declaration of Trust. Prior to the issuance of Shares by the Trust, the Initial Trustee shall appoint new Trustees, and the number of Trustees constituting the Board of Trustees shall be equal to the number of persons appointed as Trustees by the Initial Trustee and thereafter may be fixed from time to time by the Trustees, provided, however, that the number of Trustees shall in no event be less than two (2). Upon such appointment, the Initial Trustee may but is not required to resign as a Trustee.
Section 3.3      Term of Office of Trustees . Each Trustee shall hold office during the existence of this Trust, and until the termination of the Trust as herein provided, except that: (a) any Trustee may resign his trust by written instrument signed by him and delivered to the Chairman, President, Secretary, or another Trustee of the Trust, which shall take effect upon such delivery or upon such later date as is specified therein; (b) any Trustee may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by written instrument, signed by a majority of the Trustees prior to such removal, specifying the date when such removal shall become effective; (c) any Trustee who requests in writing to be retired or who has become physically or mentally incapacitated by reason of disease or otherwise, or is otherwise unable to serve, may be retired by written instrument signed by a majority of the other Trustees, specifying the date of his retirement; and (d) a Trustee may be removed, with or without cause, at any meeting of the Shareholders of the Trust by a vote of Shareholders owning at least two-thirds of the outstanding Shares of all Series.
Section 3.4      Vacancies and Appointment of Trustees . In case of the refusal to serve, death, resignation, retirement, removal, physical or mental incapacity by reason of disease or otherwise of a Trustee, or a Trustee is otherwise unable to serve, or of an increase in the number of Trustees, a vacancy shall occur. Whenever a vacancy in the Board of Trustees shall occur, until such vacancy is filled, the other Trustees shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees and shall discharge all the duties imposed on the Trustees under this Declaration of Trust. As evidence of such vacancy, an instrument certifying the existence of such vacancy may be executed by an officer of the Trust or a Trustee, and such certificate shall be conclusive as to such vacancy. In the case of an existing vacancy, the remaining Trustee or Trustees shall fill such vacancy by appointing such other person as such Trustee or Trustees in their discretion shall see fit consistent with the limitations under the 1940 Act, unless such Trustee or Trustees determine, in accordance with Section 3.2, to decrease the size of the Board to the number of remaining Trustees.
An appointment of a Trustee may be made by the Trustees then in office in anticipation of a vacancy to occur by reason of retirement, resignation or increase in number of Trustees effective at a later date, provided that said appointment shall become effective only at or after the effective date of said retirement, resignation or increase in number of Trustees.

-9-




An appointment of a Trustee shall be effective upon the acceptance of the person so appointed to serve as Trustee, except that any such appointment in anticipation of a vacancy shall become effective at or after the date such vacancy occurs.
Section 3.5      Effect of Death, Resignation, Etc. of a Trustee . The refusal to serve, death, resignation, retirement, removal, incapacity, or inability of the Trustees, or any one of them, shall not operate to terminate the Trust or to revoke any existing agency created pursuant to the terms of this Declaration of Trust.
Section 3.6      Ownership of Assets of the Trust . Legal title in and beneficial ownership of all of the assets of the Trust shall at all times be considered as vested in the Trustees, except that the Trustees may cause legal title in and beneficial ownership of any Trust Property to be held by, or in the name of one or more of the Trustees acting for and on behalf of the Trust, or in the name of any person as nominee acting for and on behalf of the Trust. No Shareholder shall be deemed to have a severable ownership interest in any individual asset of the Trust or of any Series or Class, or any right of partition or possession thereof, but each Shareholder shall have, except as otherwise provided for herein, a proportionate undivided beneficial interest in each Series or Class the Shares of which are owned by such Shareholder. The Shares shall be personal property giving only the rights specifically set forth in this Declaration of Trust. The Trust, or at the determination of the Trustees, one or more of the Trustees or a nominee acting for and on behalf of the Trust, shall be deemed to hold legal title and beneficial ownership of any income earned on securities of the Trust issued by any business entities formed, organized, or existing under the laws of any jurisdiction, including the laws of any foreign country. Upon the resignation or removal of a Trustee, or his otherwise ceasing to be a Trustee, he shall execute and deliver such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose of conveying to the Trust or the remaining Trustees any Trust Property held in the name of the resigning or removed Trustee. Upon the incapacity or death of any Trustee, his legal representative shall execute and deliver such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require as provided in the preceding sentence.
ARTICLE IV
POWERS OF THE TRUSTEES
Section 4.1      Powers . The Trustees in all instances shall act as principals, and are and shall be free from the control of the Shareholders. The Trustees shall have full power and authority to do any and all acts and to make and execute any and all contracts and instruments that they may consider necessary or appropriate in connection with the management of the Trust. The Trustees shall not in any way be bound or limited by present or future laws or customs in regard to trust investments, but shall have full authority and power to make any and all investments which they, in their sole discretion, shall deem proper to accomplish the purpose of this Trust without recourse to any court or other authority. Subject to any applicable limitation in this Declaration of Trust, the Trustees shall have power and authority:
(a)      To invest and reinvest cash and other property, and to hold cash or other property uninvested, and to sell, exchange, lend, pledge, mortgage, hypothecate, write options on and lease any or all of the assets of the Trust;

-10-




(b)      To operate as and carry on the business of an investment company, and exercise all the powers necessary and appropriate to the conduct of such operations, including the power to invest all or any part of its assets in the securities of another investment company;
(c)      To borrow money and in this connection issue notes or other evidence of indebtedness; to secure borrowings by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting as security the Trust Property; to endorse, guarantee, or undertake the performance of an obligation, liability or engagement of any person; and to lend Trust Property;
(d)      To provide for the distribution of interests of the Trust either through a Principal Underwriter in the manner hereinafter provided for or by the Trust itself, or both, or otherwise pursuant to a plan of distribution of any kind;
(e)      To adopt By-laws not inconsistent with this Declaration of Trust providing for the conduct of the business of the Trust and to amend, restate and repeal such By-laws, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of such By-laws;
(f)      To elect or appoint and remove such officers and appoint and terminate such agents and contractors as they consider appropriate, any of whom may be a Trustee;
(g)      To employ one or more banks, trust companies or companies that are members of a national securities exchange or such other entities as custodians of any assets of the Trust, subject to the 1940 Act and to any conditions set forth in this Declaration of Trust or the By-laws;
(h)      To retain one or more transfer agents and shareholder servicing agents, or both;
(i)      To set record dates in the manner provided herein or in the By-laws;
(j)      To delegate such authority (which delegation may include the power to sub-delegate) as they consider desirable to any officers of the Trust and to any investment adviser, manager, administrator, custodian, underwriter or other agent or independent contractor;
(k)      To enter into joint ventures, general or limited partnerships and any other combinations or associations;
(l)      To pay pensions for faithful service, as deemed appropriate by the Trustees, and to adopt, establish and carry out pension, profit-sharing, share bonus, share purchase, savings, thrift and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans, trusts and provisions, including the purchasing of life insurance and annuity contracts as a means of providing such retirement and other benefits, for any or all of the Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust;
(m)      To the extent permitted by law, indemnify any person with whom the Trust or any Series or Class has dealings;
(n)      To engage in and to prosecute, defend, compromise, abandon, or adjust by arbitration, or otherwise, any actions, suits, proceedings, disputes, claims and demands relating to the Trust, and out of the assets of the Trust or any Series or Class thereof to pay or to satisfy

-11-




any debts, claims or expenses incurred in connection therewith, including those of litigation, and such power shall include without limitation the power of the Trustees or any appropriate committee thereof, in the exercise of their or its good faith business judgment, to dismiss any action, suit, proceeding, dispute, claim or demand, derivative or otherwise, brought by any person, including a Shareholder in its own name or the name of the Trust, whether or not the Trust or any of the Trustees may be named individually therein or the subject matter arises by reason of business for or on behalf of the Trust;
(o)      To purchase and pay for entirely out of Trust Property such insurance as they may deem necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Trust, including, without limitation, insurance policies insuring the Trust Property and payment of distributions and principal on its investments, and insurance policies insuring the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, representatives, employees, agents, investment advisers, managers, administrators, custodians, underwriters, or independent contractors of the Trust individually against all claims and liabilities of every nature arising by reason of holding, being or having held any such office or position, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted by any such person in such capacity, including any action taken or omitted that may be determined to constitute negligence, whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability;
(p)      To sell or exchange any or all of the assets of the Trust, subject to the provisions of Sections 10.4(b) and 10.5(a) hereof;
(q)      To vote or give assent, or exercise any rights of ownership, with respect to stock or other securities, debt instruments or property; and to execute and deliver powers of attorney to such person or persons as the Trustees shall deem proper, granting to such person or persons such power and discretion with respect to securities, debt instruments or property as the Trustees shall deem proper;
(r)      To exercise powers and rights of subscription or otherwise which in any manner arise out of ownership of securities or debt instruments;
(s)      To hold any security or property in a form not indicating any trust, whether in bearer, book entry, unregistered or other negotiable form; or either in the name of the Trustees or of the Trust or in the name of a custodian, subcustodian or other depository or a nominee or nominees or otherwise;
(t)      To establish separate and distinct Series with separately defined investment objectives and policies and distinct investment purposes in accordance with the provisions of Article II hereof and to establish Classes thereof having relative rights, powers and duties as they may provide consistent with applicable laws and regulations;
(u)      To consent to or participate in any plan for the reorganization, consolidation or merger of any corporation, issuer or concern, any security or debt instrument of which is held in the Trust; to consent to any contract, lease, mortgage, purchase or sale of property by such corporation, issuer or concern; and to pay calls or subscriptions with respect to any security or debt instrument held in the Trust;

-12-




(v)      To make distributions of income and of capital gains to Shareholders in the manner herein provided;
(w)      To establish, from time to time, a minimum investment amount for Shareholders in the Trust, which may be different for each Series or Class within a Series, and to impose account fees on and/or require the redemption of the Shares of any Shareholders whose investment is less than such minimum amount;
(x)      To cause each Shareholder, or each Shareholder of any particular Series of Class, to pay directly, in advance or arrears, for administrative and other fees and charges of the Trust's custodian or transfer, shareholder servicing or similar agent, an amount fixed from time to time by the Trustees, by setting off such charges due from such Shareholder from declared but unpaid dividends owed such Shareholder and/or by reducing the number of Shares in the account of such Shareholder by that number of full and/or fractional Shares which represents the outstanding amount of such charges due from such Shareholder;
(y)      To establish one or more committees comprised of one or more of the Trustees, and to delegate any of the powers of the Trustees to said committees and to adopt a committee charter providing for such responsibilities, membership (including Trustees, officers or other agents of the Trust therein) and any other characteristics of said committees as the Trustees may deem proper;
(z)      To interpret the investment policies, practices or limitations of any Series or Class;
(aa)      To establish a registered office and have a registered agent in the State of Delaware;
(bb)      To compensate or provide for the compensation of the Trustees, officers, advisers, administrators, custodians, other agents, consultants, contractors and employees of the Trust or the Trustees on such terms as they deem appropriate; and
(cc)      In general, to carry on any other business in connection with or incidental to any of the foregoing powers, to do everything necessary, suitable or proper for the accomplishment of any purpose or the attainment of any object or the furtherance of any power herein set forth, either alone or in association with others, and to do every other act or thing incidental or appurtenant to or growing out of or connected with the aforesaid business or purposes, objects or powers.
The foregoing clauses shall be construed both as objects and powers, and the foregoing enumeration of specific powers shall not be held to limit or restrict in any manner the general powers of the Trustees. Any action by one or more of the Trustees in his or their capacity as such hereunder shall be deemed an action on behalf of the Trust or the applicable Series or Class, and not an action in an individual capacity.
No one dealing with the Trustees shall be under any obligation to make any inquiry concerning the authority of the Trustees, or to see to the application of any payments made or property transferred to the Trustees or upon their order.

-13-





Section 4.2      Issuance and Repurchase of Shares . The Trustees shall have the power to issue, sell, repurchase, redeem, retire, cancel, acquire, hold, resell, reissue, dispose of, exchange, and otherwise deal in Shares and, subject to the provisions set forth in Article II, to apply to any such repurchase, redemption, retirement, cancellation or acquisition of Shares any funds or property of the Trust, or the particular Series or Class of the Trust, with respect to which such Shares are issued.
Section 4.3      Action by the Trustees . The Trustees shall act by majority vote at a meeting duly called or, unless the 1940 Act requires that a particular action be taken only at a meeting at which the Trustees are present in person, by written consent of Trustees having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Trustees entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, or by telephone meeting or a meeting held by other means of remote communication. At any meeting of the Trustees, one-third (1/3) of the Trustees then in office shall constitute a quorum. Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held at such times and places as the Trustees may from time to time determine, and if so determined, notices thereof need not be given. Special meetings of the Trustees may be called orally or in writing by the President or by a majority of the Trustees. Notice of the time, date and place of all meetings of the Trustees shall be given in advance of the meetings by telephone, mail, Electronic Transmission or as otherwise provided in the By-laws or permitted by applicable law. Notice need not be given to any Trustee who attends a meeting without objecting to the lack of notice or who executes a written waiver of notice with respect to the meeting, whether before or after the meeting. Subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Trustees by majority vote may delegate to any one or more of their number their authority to approve particular matters or take particular actions on behalf of the Trust. Written consents or waivers of the Trustees may be executed in one or more counterparts. Execution of a written consent or waiver and delivery thereof to the Trust may be accomplished by Electronic Transmission.
Section 4.4      Chairman of the Trustees . The Trustees may appoint one of their number to be Chairman of the Board of Trustees. The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees at which he is present and may be (but is not required to be) the chief executive, financial, and/or accounting officer of the Trust.
Section 4.5      Principal Transactions . Except to the extent prohibited by applicable laws and regulations, the Trustees may, on behalf of the Trust, buy any securities from or sell any securities to, or lend any assets of the Trust to, any Trustee or officer of the Trust or any firm of which any such Trustee or officer is a member acting as principal, or have any such dealings with any Affiliated Person of the Trust, investment adviser, investment sub-adviser, distributor or transfer agent for the Trust or with any Interested Person of such Affiliated Person or other person; and the Trust may employ any such Affiliated Person or other person, or firm or company in which such Affiliated Person or other person is an Interested Person, as broker, legal counsel, registrar, investment adviser, investment sub-adviser, distributor, transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent, custodian or in any other capacity upon customary terms.
ARTICLE V

-14-




SERVICE CONTRACTS
Section 5.1      Service Contracts . Subject to compliance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, but notwithstanding any limitations of present and future law or custom in regard to delegation of powers by trustees generally, the Trustees may, at any time and from time to time and without limiting the generality of their powers and authority otherwise set forth herein, enter into one or more contracts with any one or more corporations, trusts, associations, partnerships, limited partnerships, other types of organizations or individuals to provide for the performance and assumption of some or all of the following services, duties and responsibilities to, for or of the Trust and/or the Trustees, and to provide for the performance and assumption of such other services, duties and responsibilities in addition to those set forth below as the Trustees may determine to be appropriate:
(a)      Investment Adviser and Investment Sub-Adviser . The Trustees may in their discretion, from time to time, enter into an investment advisory or management contract or contracts with respect to the Trust or any Series whereby the other party or parties to such contract or contracts shall undertake to furnish the Trust with such management, investment advisory, statistical and research facilities and services and such other facilities and services, if any, and all upon such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their discretion determine. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration of Trust, the Trustees may authorize any investment adviser (subject to such general or specific instructions as the Trustees may from time to time adopt) to effect purchases, sales or exchanges of portfolio securities, other investment instruments of the Trust, or other Trust Property on behalf of the Trustees, or may authorize any officer, agent, or Trustee to effect such purchases, sales or exchanges pursuant to recommendations of the investment adviser (and all without further action by the Trustees). Any such purchases, sales and exchanges shall be deemed to have been authorized by the Trustees.
The Trustees may authorize, subject to applicable requirements of the 1940 Act, the investment adviser to employ, from time to time, one or more sub-advisers to perform such of the acts and services of the investment adviser, and upon such terms and conditions, as may be agreed upon between the investment adviser and sub-adviser. Any reference in this Declaration of Trust to the investment adviser shall be deemed to include such sub-advisers, unless the context otherwise requires.
(b)      Principal Underwriter . The Trustees may in their discretion from time to time enter into an exclusive or non-exclusive underwriting contract or contracts providing for the sale of Shares, whereby the Trust may either agree to sell Shares to the other party to the contract or appoint such other party its sales agent for such Shares. In either case, the contract may also provide for the repurchase or sale of Shares by such other party as principal or as agent of the Trust.
(c)      Administrator . The Trustees may in their discretion from time to time enter into one or more contracts whereby the other party or parties shall undertake to furnish the Trust with administrative services. The contract or contracts shall be on such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their discretion determine.

-15-




(d)      Transfer Agent . The Trustees may in their discretion from time to time enter into one or more transfer agency and Shareholder service contracts whereby the other party or parties shall undertake to furnish the Trustees with transfer agency and Shareholder services. The contract or contracts shall be on such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their discretion determine.
(e)      Administrative Service and Distribution Plans . The Trustees may, on such terms and conditions as they may in their discretion determine, adopt one or more plans pursuant to which compensation may be paid directly or indirectly by the Trust for Shareholder servicing, administration and/or distribution services with respect to one or more Series or Classes, including without limitation plans subject to Rule 12b-1 (or any successor rule) under the 1940 Act, and the Trustees may enter into agreements pursuant to such plans.
(f)      Fund Accounting . The Trustees may in their discretion from time to time enter into one or more contracts whereby the other party or parties undertakes to handle all or any part of the Trust's accounting responsibilities, whether with respect to the Trust's properties, Shareholders or otherwise.
(g)      Parties to Contract . Any contract described in this Article V or in Article VI hereof may be entered into with any corporation, trust, association, partnership, limited partnership, or other type of organization, although one or more of the Trustees or officers of the Trust may be an officer, director, trustee, shareholder, or member of such other party to the contract, and no such contract shall be invalidated or rendered void or voidable by reason of the existence of any such relationship, nor shall any person holding such relationship be disqualified from voting on or executing the same in his capacity as Shareholder and/or Trustee, nor shall any person holding such relationship be liable merely by reason of such relationship for any loss or expense to the Trust under or by reason of said contract or accountable for any profit realized directly or indirectly therefrom, provided that the contract when entered into was not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article V or Article VI hereof. The same person (including a corporation, trust, association, partnership, limited partnership or other type of organization) may be the other party to contracts entered into pursuant to this Article V or Article VI hereof, and any individual may be financially interested or otherwise affiliated with persons who are parties to any or all of the contracts mentioned in this Section 5.1.
ARTICLE VI
CUSTODIAN
Section 6.1      Appointment and Duties . The Trustees at all times shall employ a bank, a company that is a member of a national securities exchange, or a trust company, each having capital, surplus and undivided profits of at least two million dollars ($2,000,000), or any other entity satisfying the requirements of the 1940 Act, as custodian with authority as its agent, but subject to such restrictions, limitations, and other requirements, if any, as may be contained in this Declaration of Trust or By-laws of the Trust:
(a) to hold the securities and other assets of the Trust and deliver the same upon written order or oral order confirmed in writing;

-16-




(b) to receive and receipt for any moneys due to the Trust and deposit the same in its own banking department or elsewhere as the Trustees may direct;
(c) to disburse such funds upon orders or vouchers; and the Trust also may employ such custodian as its agent;
(d) to keep the books and accounts of the Trust or of any Series or Class and furnish clerical and accounting services; and
(e) to compute, if authorized to do so by the Trustees, the Net Asset Value of any Series or Class, in accordance with the provisions hereof; all upon such basis of compensation as may be agreed upon between the Trustees and the custodian.
The Trustees also may authorize the custodian to employ one or more sub-custodians from time to time to perform such of the acts and services of the custodian, and upon such terms and conditions, as may be agreed upon between the custodian and such sub-custodian and approved by the Trustees, provided that in every case such sub-custodian shall be a bank, a company that is a member of a national securities exchange, a trust company or any other entity satisfying the requirements of the 1940 Act.
Section 6.2      Central Certificate System . Subject to such rules, regulations, and orders as the Commission may adopt, the Trustees may direct the custodian to deposit all or any part of the securities owned by the Trust in a system for the central handling of securities established by a national securities exchange or a national securities association registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or such other person as may be permitted by the Commission, or otherwise in accordance with the 1940 Act, pursuant to which system all securities of any particular class or series of any issuer deposited within the system are treated as fungible and may be transferred or pledged by bookkeeping entry without physical delivery of such securities, provided that all such deposits shall be subject to withdrawal only upon the order of the Trust or its custodians, sub-custodians or other agents.
ARTICLE VII
SHAREHOLDER VOTING POWERS AND MEETINGS
Section 7.1      Voting . The Shareholders shall have power to vote only: (a) for the election of one or more Trustees in order to comply with the provisions of the 1940 Act (including Section 16(a) thereof); (b) with respect to any contract entered into pursuant to Article V to the extent required by the 1940 Act; (c) with respect to termination of the Trust or a Series or Class thereof to the extent required by applicable laws and regulations; (d) with respect to any plan adopted pursuant to Rule 12b‑1 (or any successor rule) under the 1940 Act, and related matters, to the extent required under the 1940 Act; and (e) with respect to such additional matters relating to the Trust, a Series or a Class as may be required by this Declaration of Trust, the By-laws or any registration of the Trust as an investment company under the 1940 Act or as the Trustees may consider necessary or desirable.
On each matter submitted to a vote of Shareholders, unless the Trustees determine otherwise, all Shares of all Series and Classes shall vote as a single class; provided, however,

-17-




that: (a) as to any matter with respect to which a separate vote of any Series or Class is required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law or is required by attributes applicable to any Series or Class, such requirements as to a separate vote by that Series or Class shall apply; (b) unless the Trustees determine that this clause (b) shall not apply in a particular case, to the extent that a matter referred to in clause (a) above affects more than one Series or Class and the interests of each such Series or Class in the matter are identical, then the Shares of all such affected Series or Classes shall vote as a single class; and (c) as to any matter which does not affect the interests of a particular Series or Class, only the holders of Shares of the one or more affected Series or Classes shall be entitled to vote. Each whole Share shall be entitled to one vote as to any matter on which it is entitled to vote, and each fractional Share shall be entitled to a proportionate fractional vote. There shall be no cumulative voting in the election of Trustees. Shares may be voted in person or by proxy or in any manner provided for in the By-laws. A proxy may be given in writing, by telephone, by Electronic Transmission or as otherwise provided for in the By-laws or permitted by law. Anything in this Declaration of Trust to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event a proposal by anyone other than the officers or Trustees of the Trust is submitted to a vote of the Shareholders of the Trust or one or more Series or Classes thereof, or in the event of any proxy contest or proxy solicitation or proposal in opposition to any proposal by the officers or Trustees of the Trust, Shares may be voted only in person or by written proxy. Until Shares are issued, the Trustees may exercise all rights of Shareholders and may take any action required or permitted by law, this Declaration of Trust or the By-laws to be taken by Shareholders.
Section 7.2      Meetings . The Trust is not required to hold annual meetings of Shareholders. Meetings of Shareholders (including meetings involving only the holders of Shares of one or more but less than all Series or Classes) may be called by the Trustees (or such other persons as set forth in the By-laws) from time to time to be held at such places within or without the State of Delaware, and on such dates as may be designated in the call thereof for the purpose of taking action upon any matter as to which the vote or authority of the Shareholders is required or permitted as provided in Section 7.1. Meetings of Shareholders shall be called by the Trustees upon the written request of Shareholders owning at least 10 percent (10%) of the Outstanding Shares entitled to vote. Notice shall be sent, postage prepaid, by mail or by such other means permitted by applicable law or the By-laws or determined by the Trustees, at least 10 days prior to any such meeting.
Section 7.3      Quorum and Required Vote . Unless a larger percentage is required by law, by any provision of this Declaration of Trust or by the Trustees, one-third of the Shares entitled to vote in person or by proxy on a particular matter shall be a quorum for the transaction of business at a Shareholders' meeting with respect to that matter. Any lesser number shall be sufficient for adjournments. Any adjourned session or sessions may be held without the necessity of further notice. Except when a larger vote is required by law, by any provision of this Declaration of Trust or by the Trustees, a majority of the Shares voted in person or by proxy on a particular matter at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall decide any questions with respect to that matter and a plurality shall elect a Trustee.

-18-




Section 7.4      Action by Written Consent . Subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act and other applicable laws and regulations, any action taken by Shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without a prior notice and without a vote if a majority of the Shares entitled to vote on the matter (or such larger proportion thereof as shall be required by law, by any provision of this Declaration of Trust or by the Trustees) consent to the action in writing or by Electronic Transmission. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Shareholders. The Trustees may adopt additional rules and procedures regarding the taking of Shareholder action by written consents.

ARTICLE VIII
DISTRIBUTIONS AND REDEMPTIONS
Section 8.1      Distributions
(a)      The Trustees may from time to time declare and pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any Series or Class. The amount of such dividends or distributions and the payment of them and whether they are in cash or any other Trust Property shall be wholly in the discretion of the Trustees.
(b)      Dividends and other distributions may be paid or made to the Shareholders of record at the time of declaring a dividend or other distribution or among the Shareholders of record at such other date or time or dates or times as the Trustees shall determine, which dividends or distributions, at the election of the Trustees, may be paid pursuant to a standing resolution or resolutions adopted only once or with such frequency as the Trustees may determine. All dividends and other distributions on Shares of a particular Series or Class shall be distributed pro rata to the Shareholders of that Series or Class in proportion to the number of Shares of that Series or Class they held on the record date established for such payment, except that in connection with any dividend or distribution program or procedure the Trustees may determine that no dividend or distribution shall be payable on Shares as to which the Shareholder's purchase order and/or payment in the prescribed form has not been received by the time or times established by the Trustees under such program or procedure. The Trustees may adopt and offer to Shareholders such dividend reinvestment plans, cash dividend payout plans or related plans as the Trustees shall deem appropriate.
(c)      Anything in this Declaration of Trust to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustees may at any time declare and distribute a stock dividend pro rata among the Shareholders of a particular Series or Class as of the record date established for such stock dividend. The Trustees shall have full discretion, to the extent not inconsistent with the 1940 Act, to determine which items shall be treated as income and which items as capital; and each such determination and allocation shall be conclusive and binding upon the Shareholders.

-19-




Section 8.2      Redemptions . The Trustees may specify conditions, prices, and places of redemption, may specify binding requirements for the proper form or forms of requests for redemption and may specify the amount of any deferred sales charge to be withheld from redemption proceeds. Payment of the redemption price may be wholly or partly in securities or other assets at the value of such securities or assets used in the determination of Net Asset Value, or may be in cash. Upon redemption, Shares may be reissued from time to time. The Trustees may require Shareholders to redeem Shares for any reason under terms set by the Trustees, including, but not limited to, the failure of a Shareholder to supply a taxpayer identification number if required to do so, to pay an applicable minimum investment account fee or to have the minimum investment amount required, or to pay when due for the purchase of Shares issued to him. To the extent permitted by law, the Trustees may retain the proceeds of any redemption of Shares required by them for payment of amounts due and owing by a Shareholder to the Trust or any Series or Class or any governmental authority. All authorized Shares shall be subject to redemption and redeemable in accordance with and pursuant to procedures or methods prescribed or approved by the Trustees. The Shares of any Series or Class, if so determined by the Trustees, shall be redeemable only in aggregations of such number of Shares and on such days as may be determined by or determined pursuant to procedures or methods prescribed by or approved by the Trustees from time to time with respect to such Series or Class. The number of Shares comprising an aggregation for purposes of redemption or repurchase shall be referred to as a "Creation Unit." The Trustees shall at any time have the unrestricted power to alter the number of Shares constituting a Creation Unit by resolution adopted by the Trustees. Each holder of a Creation Unit of Shares of a Series or Class, upon request to the Trust in accordance with procedures established by the Trustees, shall be entitled to require the Trust to redeem all or any number of such holder's Shares standing in the name of such holder on the books of the Trust, but in the case of the Shares of any Series or Class as to which the Trustees have determined that such Shares shall be redeemable only in Creation Unit aggregations, only in such Creation Unit aggregations of Shares of such Series or Class as the Trustees may determine from time to time in accordance with this Article VIII, at a redemption price per share equal to an amount determined by the Trustees in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

-20-




Section 8.3      Determination of Net Asset Value . The term "Net Asset Value" of any Series or Class shall mean that amount by which the assets belonging to that Series or Class exceed the liabilities belonging to that Series or Class, all as determined by or under the direction of the Trustees. Such value shall be determined separately for each Series and Class and shall be determined on such days and at such times as the Trustees may determine. The Trustees may delegate any of their powers and duties under this Section 8.3 with respect to valuation of assets and liabilities. The resulting amount, which shall represent the total Net Asset Value of the particular Series or Class, shall be divided by the total number of shares of that Series or Class outstanding at the time and the quotient so obtained shall be the Net Asset Value per Share of that Series or Class. At any time the Trustees may cause the Net Asset Value per Share last determined to be determined again in similar manner and may fix the time when such re-determined value shall become effective. If, for any reason, the net income of any Series or Class, determined at any time, is a negative amount, the Trustees shall have the power with respect to that Series or Class: (i) to offset each Shareholder's pro rata share of such negative amount from the accrued dividend account of such Shareholder; or (ii) to reduce the number of Outstanding Shares of such Series or Class by reducing the number of Shares in the account of each Shareholder by a pro rata portion of the number of full and fractional Shares which represents the amount of such excess negative net income; or (iii) to cause to be recorded on the books of such Series or Class an asset account in the amount of such negative net income (provided that the same shall thereupon become the property of such Series or Class with respect to such Series or Class and shall not be paid to any Shareholder), which account may be reduced by the amount of dividends declared thereafter upon the Outstanding Shares of such Series or Class on the day such negative net income is experienced, until such asset account is reduced to zero; or (iv) to combine the methods described in clauses (i) and (ii) and (iii) of this sentence; or (v) to take any other action they deem appropriate, in order to cause (or in order to assist in causing) the Net Asset Value per Share of such Series or Class to remain at a constant amount per Outstanding Share immediately after each such determination and declaration. The Trustees also shall have the power not to declare a dividend out of net income for the purpose of causing the Net Asset Value per Share to be increased. The Trustees shall not be required to adopt, but at any time may adopt, discontinue, or amend the practice of maintaining the Net Asset Value per Share of a Series or Class at a constant amount.
Section 8.4      Suspension of the Right of Redemption . The Trustees may postpone payment of the redemption price and may suspend the right of the Shareholders to require any Series or Class to redeem Shares during any period of time when and to the extent permissible under the 1940 Act. Such suspension shall take effect at such time as the Trustees shall specify, and thereafter there shall be no right of redemption or payment until the Trustees shall declare the suspension at an end. In the case of a suspension of the right of redemption, a Shareholder may either withdraw his request for redemption or receive payment based on the Net Asset Value per Share next determined after the termination of the suspension.


-21-




ARTICLE IX
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
Section 9.1      Limitation of Liability . All persons contracting with or having any claim against the Trust or a particular Series or Class shall look only to the assets of all Series or such particular Series or Class for payment under such contract or claim, and neither the Trustees nor, when acting in such capacity, any of the Trust's officers, employees or agents, whether past, present or future, shall be personally liable therefor. Every written instrument or obligation on behalf of the Trust or any Series or Class may contain a statement to the foregoing effect, but the absence of such statement shall not operate to make any Trustee or officer of the Trust liable thereunder. To the fullest extent that limitations on the liability of Trustees and officers are permitted by the Delaware Act, no Trustee or officer of the Trust shall have any liability to the Trust or its Shareholders for money damages, and the Trustees and officers of the Trust shall not be responsible or liable for any act or omission or for neglect or wrongdoing by them or any officer, agent, employee, investment adviser or independent contractor of the Trust, but nothing contained in this Declaration of Trust or in the Act shall protect any Trustee or officer of the Trust against liability to the Trust or to Shareholders to which such Trustee or officer would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.
Section 9.2      Indemnification . The Trust shall indemnify and advance expenses to any person who is or was a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust, or a trustee, director, officer or employee of any other entity which he serves or served at the request of the Trust and in which the Trust has or had any interest as a shareholder, creditor, or otherwise (each of such persons a "Covered Person") to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law and the 1940 Act, against all liabilities and reasonable expenses (including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise, as fines and penalties, and expenses including reasonable accountants’ and counsel fees) reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal or derivative, before any court or administrative or legislative body, in which he may be involved or with which he may be threatened, while as a Covered Person or thereafter, by reason of being or having been such a Covered Person, except that no Covered Person shall be indemnified against any liability to the Trust or its Shareholders to which such Covered Person would otherwise be subject by reason of bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person's office. The payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of an action, suit or proceeding as provided for herein may be made on terms fixed by the Board of Trustees and conditioned upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay to the Trust any amounts so paid if it is ultimately determined that indemnification of such expenses is not authorized under this Section 9.2. No amendment of this Declaration of Trust or repeal of any of the provisions hereof shall limit or eliminate the right of indemnification provided by this Section 9.2 with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.


-22-




Section 9.3      Indemnification Not Exclusive . The right of indemnification provided by this Article IX shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any Covered Person may be entitled. As used in this Article IX, "Covered Person" shall include such person's heirs, executors and administrators, and a "disinterested, non-party Trustee" is a Trustee who is neither an Interested Person of the Trust nor a party to the proceeding in question.
Section 9.4      No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments, Etc. No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees or any officer, employee or agent of the Trust or a Series or Class shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust or a Series or Class or undertaking, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively presumed to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this Declaration of Trust or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Trust or a Series or Class. Every written obligation, contract, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust or a Series or Class or undertaking made or issued by the Trustees may recite that the same is executed or made by them not individually, but as Trustees under this Declaration of Trust, and that the obligations of the Trust or a Series or Class under any such instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees or Shareholders individually, but bind only the Trust Property or the Trust Property of the applicable Series or Class, and may contain any further recital which they may deem appropriate, but the omission of such recital shall not operate to bind the Trustees individually.
Section 9.5      Reliance on Experts, Etc . Each Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust or a Series or Class shall, in the performance of his duties, powers and discretions hereunder be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust or a Series or Class, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust or a Series or Class by any of its officers or employees or by any investment adviser, administrator, distributor, transfer agent of the Trust or by selected dealers, accountants, appraisers or other experts or consultants selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Trustee.
Section 9.6      Shareholders . In case any Shareholder or former Shareholder of any Series or Class shall be held to be personally liable solely by reason of his being or having been a Shareholder of such Series or Class and not because of his acts or omissions or for some other reason, the Shareholder or former Shareholder (or his heirs, executors, administrators or other legal representatives, or, in the case of a corporation or other entity, its corporate or other general successor) shall be entitled out of the assets belonging to the applicable Series or Class to be held harmless from and indemnified against all loss and expense arising from such liability. The Trust, on behalf of the affected Series, shall, upon request by the Shareholder, assume the defense of any claim made against the Shareholder for any act or obligation of the Series or Class and satisfy any judgment thereon from the assets of the Series or Class. The

-23-




indemnification and reimbursement required by the preceding sentence shall be made only out of assets of the one or more Series or Classes whose Shares were held by said Shareholder at the time the act or event occurred which gave rise to the claim against or liability of said Shareholder. The rights accruing to a Shareholder under this Section shall not impair any other right to which such Shareholder may be lawfully entitled, nor shall anything herein contained restrict the right of the Trust or any Series or Class to indemnify or reimburse a Shareholder in any appropriate situation even though not specifically provided herein.

ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 10.1      Statutory Trust Only . It is the intention of the Trustees to create a statutory trust pursuant to the Act. It is not the intention of the Trustees to create a general partnership, limited partnership, joint stock association, corporation or any form of legal relationship other than a statutory trust pursuant to the Act. Nothing in this Declaration of Trust shall be construed to make the Shareholders, either by themselves or with the Trustees, partners or members of a joint stock association.
Section 10.2      Trustees’ Good Faith Action; No Bond or Surety . The exercise by the Trustees of their powers and discretions hereunder in good faith and with reasonable care under the circumstances then prevailing shall be binding upon everyone interested. Subject to the provisions of Article IX hereof, the Trustees shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. No Trustees shall be required to give any bond or surety or any other security for the performance of their duties.
Section 10.3      Establishment of Record Dates . For the purpose of determining the Shareholders of any Series or Class who are entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution, the Trustees may from time to time fix a date, which shall be before the date for the payment of such dividend or other distribution, as the record date for determining the Shareholders of such Series or Class having the right to receive such dividend or other distribution. Without fixing a record date, the Trustees may for distribution purposes close the register or transfer books for one or more Series or Classes any time prior to the payment of a distribution. Nothing in this Section shall be construed as precluding the Trustees from setting different record dates for different Series or Classes. The Trustees may fix in advance a date, to be determined by the Trustees and no longer than that permitted by applicable laws and regulations, before the date of any Shareholders’ meeting, or the date for the payment of any dividends or other distributions, or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of Shares shall go into effect as a record date for the determination of the Shareholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting, or entitled to receive payment of such dividend or other distribution, or to receive any such allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of Shares.

-24-




Section 10.4      Dissolution and Termination of Trust or Series
(a)      This Trust shall continue without limitation of time but subject to the provisions of sub-sections (b) and (c) of this Section 10.4.
(b)      Notwithstanding anything in Section 10.5 to the contrary, the Trustees may, without Shareholder approval unless such approval is required by the 1940 Act liquidate, reorganize or dissolve the Trust or any Series or Class in any manner or fashion not inconsistent with applicable laws and regulations, including, without limitation, by:
i.      selling and conveying all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust or any Series or Class to another trust, partnership, limited liability company, association or corporation, or to a separate series or class of shares thereof, organized under the laws of any state or jurisdiction, for adequate consideration which may include the assumption of all outstanding obligations, taxes and other liabilities, accrued or contingent, of the Trust or any Series or Class, and which may include shares of beneficial interest, stock or other ownership interests of such trust, partnership, limited liability company, association or corporation or of a series or class of shares thereof; or
ii.      at any time selling and converting into money all of the assets of the Trust or any Series or Class.
Following a sale or conversion in accordance with this Section 10.4(b), and upon making reasonable provision, in the determination of the Trustees, for the payment of all liabilities of the Trust or the affected Series or Class as required by applicable law, by such assumption or otherwise, the Shareholders of each Class of a Series involved in such sale or conversion shall be entitled to receive, as a Class, when and as declared by the Trustees, the excess of the assets belonging to that Class over the liabilities belonging to that Class. The assets so distributable to the Shareholders of any particular Class shall be distributed among such Shareholders in proportion to the number of Shares of that Class held by them and recorded on the books of the Trust. In the event a Series is not divided into Classes, the foregoing provisions shall be applied on a Series basis.

(c)      Upon completion of the distribution of the remaining proceeds or the remaining assets as provided in Section 10.4(b), the Trust (in the case of a sale or conversion with respect to the Trust as a whole or the last remaining Series) or any affected Series or Class shall terminate, the Trustees and the Trust or any affected Series or Class shall be discharged of any and all further liabilities and duties hereunder, and the right, title and interest of all parties with respect to the Trust or such affected Series or Class shall be cancelled and discharged.
Upon termination of the Trust, following completion of winding up of its business, the Trustees shall cause a certificate of cancellation of the Certificate of Trust to be filed in accordance with the Act, which certificate of cancellation may be signed by any one (1) or more of the Trustees.



-25-




Section 10.5      Merger, Consolidation, Reorganization
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration of Trust, the Trustees may, without Shareholder approval unless such approval is required by the 1940 Act, (i) cause the Trust to convert into or merge, reorganize or consolidate with or into one or more trusts, partnerships, limited liability companies, associations, corporations or other business entities (each, a "Successor Entity"), or a series of any Successor Entity to the extent permitted by law, (ii) cause the Shares to be exchanged under or pursuant to any state or federal statute to the extent permitted by law, (iii) cause the Trust to incorporate under the laws of a state, commonwealth, possession or colony of the United States, (iv) sell or convey all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust or any Series or Class to another Series or Class of the Trust or to a Successor Entity, or a series of a Successor Entity to the extent permitted by law, for adequate consideration as determined by the Trustees which may include the assumption of some or all outstanding obligations, taxes and other liabilities, accrued or contingent of the Trust or any affected Series or Class, and which may include Shares of such other Series or Class of the Trust or shares of beneficial interest, stock or other ownership interest of such Successor Entity (or series thereof) or (v) at any time sell or convert into money all or any part of the assets of the Trust or any Series or Class thereof. Any agreement of merger, reorganization, consolidation, exchange or conversion or certificate of merger, certificate of conversion or other applicable certificate may be signed by one (1) or more of the Trustees or an authorized officer of the Trust, and facsimile signatures conveyed by electronic or telecommunication means shall be valid.

(b) Pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 3815(f) of the Act, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Declaration of Trust, an agreement of merger or consolidation approved by the Trustees in accordance with Section 10.5(a) hereof may effect any amendment to this Declaration of Trust or effect the adoption of a new trust instrument of the Trust if the Trust is the surviving or resulting trust in the merger or consolidation.

(c) Notwithstanding anything else herein, the Trustees may, without Shareholder approval unless such approval is required by the 1940 Act, create one or more statutory or business trusts to which all or any part of the assets, liabilities, profits or losses of the Trust or any Series or Class thereof may be transferred and may provide for the conversion of Shares in the Trust or any Series or Class thereof into beneficial interests in any such newly created trust or trusts or any series or classes thereof.

Section 10.6      Filing of Copies, References, and Headings . The original or a copy of this Declaration of Trust and of each amendment hereof, supplement hereto or restatement hereof shall be kept at the office of the Trust where it may be inspected by any Shareholder. Anyone dealing with the Trust may rely on a certificate by an officer or Trustee of the Trust as to whether or not any such amendments, supplements or restatements have been made and as to any matters in connection with the Trust hereunder, and with the same effect as if it were the original, may rely on a copy certified by an officer or Trustee of the Trust to be a copy of this Declaration of Trust or of any such amendment, supplement or restatement. In this Declaration of Trust or in any such amendment, supplement or restatement, references to this Declaration of Trust, and all

-26-




expressions like "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder," shall be deemed to refer to this Declaration of Trust as amended or affected by any such amendment, supplement or restatement. All expressions such as or similar to "his," "he," and "him" shall be deemed to include the feminine and neuter, as well as masculine, genders. All references to Delaware law, the Act, the 1940 Act, the Internal Revenue Code and applicable laws and regulations shall be deemed to refer to such statutes, laws and regulations as amended and as in effect from time to time. Headings are placed herein for convenience of reference only and in case of any conflict, the text of this Declaration of Trust, rather than the headings, shall control. This Declaration of Trust may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.
Section 10.7      Applicable Law . The trust set forth in this instrument is made in the State of Delaware, and the Trust and this Declaration of Trust, and the rights and obligations of the Trustees and Shareholders hereunder, are to be governed by and construed and administered according to the Act and the laws of the State of Delaware; provided, however, that there shall not be applicable to the Trust, the Trustees or this Declaration of Trust (a) the provisions of Section 3540 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code or (b) any provisions of the laws (statutory or common) of the State of Delaware (other than the Act) pertaining to trusts which relate to or regulate: (i) the filing with any court or governmental body or agency of trustee accounts or schedules of trustee fees and charges, (ii) affirmative requirements to post bonds for trustees, officers, agents or employees of a trust, (iii) the necessity for obtaining court or other governmental approval concerning the acquisition, holding or disposition of real or personal property, (iv) fees or other sums payable to trustees, officers, agents or employees of a trust, (v) the allocation of receipts and expenditures to income or principal, (vi) restrictions or limitations on the permissible nature, amount or concentration of trust investments or requirements relating to the titling, storage or other manner of holding of trust assets, or (vii) the establishment of fiduciary or other standards or responsibilities or limitations on the acts or powers of trustees, which are inconsistent with the limitations or liabilities or authorities and powers of the Trustees set forth or referenced in this Declaration of Trust. The Trust shall be of the type commonly called a "statutory trust," and without limiting the provisions hereof, the Trust may exercise all powers which are ordinarily exercised by such a trust under Delaware law. The Trust specifically reserves the right to exercise any of the powers or privileges afforded to trusts or actions that may be engaged in by trusts under the Act, and the absence of a specific reference herein to any such power, privilege or action shall not imply that the Trust may not exercise such power or privilege or take such actions.
Section 10.8      Amendments . Except as specifically provided herein, the Trustees may, without Shareholder approval, amend, supplement or restate this Declaration of Trust by making an instrument of amendment, supplement or restatement. Shareholders shall have the right to vote: (i) on any amendment which would affect their right to vote granted in Section 7.1, (ii) on any amendment to this Section 10.8, (iii) on any amendment for which such vote is required by law and (iv) on any amendment submitted to them by the Trustees. Any amendment required or permitted to be submitted to Shareholders which, as the Trustees determine, shall affect the Shareholders of one or more Series or Classes shall be authorized by vote of the Shareholders of each Series or Class affected and no vote of shareholders of a Series or Class not affected shall be required.

-27-




Section 10.9      Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Trust shall end on a specified date as determined from time to time by the Trustees.
Section 10.10      Provisions in Conflict with Law . The provisions of this Declaration of Trust are severable, and if the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any of such provisions is in conflict with the 1940 Act, the regulated investment company provisions of the Internal Revenue Code or with other applicable laws and regulations, the conflicting provisions shall be interpreted in such a manner as to resolve any such conflict or, if appropriate, deemed never to have constituted a part of this Declaration of Trust; provided, however, that such latter determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of this Declaration of Trust or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination. If any provision of this Declaration of Trust shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction and shall not in any manner affect such provisions in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of this Declaration of Trust in any jurisdiction.
Section 10.11      Alternative Voting . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration of Trust and pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees, and consistent with applicable laws and regulations, the Board of Trustees may determine, with respect to any matter submitted to the vote of the Shareholders of the Trust or any Series or Class, that each Shareholder shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each dollar (and a fractional vote for each fraction of a dollar) of Net Asset Value per Share of a Series or Class, as applicable.
Section 10.12      Use of Name . The Board of Trustees expressly agrees and acknowledges that the name “Principal Exchange-Traded Funds” is the sole property of the Trust’s investment adviser, Principal Management Corporation (“Adviser”). The Adviser has granted to the Trust a non-exclusive license to use such name as the name of the Trust now and in the future. The Board of Trustees further expressly agrees and acknowledges that the non-exclusive license granted herein may be terminated by the Adviser if the Trust ceases to use the Adviser or one of its Affiliates as investment adviser. In such event, the nonexclusive license may be revoked by the Adviser and the Trust shall cease using the name “Principal Exchange-Traded Funds,” or any name misleadingly implying a continuing relationship between the Trust and the Adviser or any of its Affiliates, as part of its name, unless otherwise consented to by the Adviser or any successor to its interests in such names.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the Initial Trustee of the Trust, has executed this Declaration of Trust as of the 5th day of March, 2013.

/s/ Michael J. Beer        
Michael J. Beer, as Trustee and
not individually


-28-



BY-LAWS
OF
PRINCIPAL EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS

These By-laws of Principal Exchange-Traded Funds (the “Trust”) are subject to the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated March 5, 2013, as from time to time amended, supplemented or restated (the “Declaration of Trust”). The Trust is a Delaware statutory trust formed under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (12 Del. C. §§ 3801 et seq.) (the “Act”).

ARTICLE 1
Name, Fiscal Year

1.01 The name of the Trust shall be Principal Exchange-Traded Funds. Except as otherwise from time to time provided by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board of Trustees” or “Board”), the fiscal year of all series or funds of the Trust (each, a “Fund”) shall begin July 1 and end June 30.

ARTICLE 2
Shareholders' Meetings

2.01 Place of Meetings . All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as is stated in the notice of meeting.

2.02 Annual Meetings . The Board of Trustees shall determine whether or not an annual meeting of shareholders shall be held and, in the event such a meeting is held, the date and time thereof.

2.03 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders shall be held whenever called by the chairman of the Board, the president or the Board of Trustees, or when requested in writing by 10% of the Trust's or, when applicable, a Fund's outstanding shares.

2.04 Notice of Shareholders' Meetings . Notice of each shareholders' meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given by mailing such notice to each shareholder of record at his address as it appears on the records of the Trust, or by such other means as may be permitted by the Declaration of Trust or applicable law, not less than 10 days prior to the date of the meeting. Any meeting at which all shareholders entitled to vote are present either in person or by proxy or of which those not present have waived notice in writing, whether before or after the meeting, shall be a legal meeting for the transaction of business notwithstanding that notice has not been given as herein provided.

2.05 Quorum . Except as otherwise expressly required by applicable law, these By-laws or the Declaration of Trust, at any meeting of the shareholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of one‑third of the shares of beneficial interest (“Shares”) of the Trust, or, when applicable, one or more Funds, issued and outstanding and entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum, but a lesser interest may adjourn any meeting from time to time and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

2.06 Proxies and Voting . Shareholders of record may vote at any meeting either in person or by written proxy signed by the shareholder or by the shareholder's duly authorized attorney-in-fact dated not more than eleven months before the date of exercise, which shall be filed with the Secretary of the meeting before being voted. Proxies may be granted in writing, by means of “electronic transmission” (as defined in Section 3806 of the Act) or as otherwise permitted by applicable law, provided any such form of proxy is dated not more than eleven months before the date of exercise.





2.07 Share Ledger . The Trust shall maintain at the office of the transfer agent of the Trust, or at the office of any successor thereto as transfer agent of the Trust, an original share ledger containing the names and addresses of all shareholders and the number of Shares of each Fund (or class of Shares of a Fund) held by each shareholder. Such share ledger may be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time for visual inspection.

ARTICLE 3
Board of Trustees

3.01 Number, Service . The Trust shall have a Board of Trustees consisting of not less than two members. The number of Trustees to constitute the whole Board within the limits above‑stated shall be fixed by the Board of Trustees. The Trustees may be chosen (i) by shareholders at any meeting of shareholders held for the purpose of electing Trustees, or (ii) by the Trustees at any regular or special meeting of the Board to fill a vacancy on the Board as provided in these By-laws and the Declaration of Trust. Each Trustee shall serve until the next meeting of shareholders held for the purpose of electing Trustees and until a successor is duly qualified and elected, unless sooner displaced.

3.02 Powers . The Board of Trustees shall be responsible for the entire management of the business of the Trust. In the management and control of the property, business and affairs of the Trust, the Board of Trustees shall have all powers necessary and desirable to carry out its responsibilities, provided such powers are not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware, the Declaration of Trust or these By-laws.

3.03 Executive Committee and Other Committees . The Board of Trustees may elect from its members an executive committee of not less than three, which may exercise certain powers of the Board of Trustees when the Board is not in session, and such other committees from time to time as it may desire. The number composing such committees and the powers conferred upon them shall be determined by the Board of Trustees at its own discretion. Each of the executive and other committees may make rules for the holding and conduct of its meetings and keeping the records thereof, and shall report its action to the Board of Trustees.

3.04 Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Trustees may be held in such places within or without the State of Delaware and at such times as the Board may from time to time determine, and if so determined notices thereof need not be given. Special meetings of the Board of Trustees may be held at any time or place whenever called by the president or a majority of the Trustees, notice thereof being given by the secretary or the president, or the Trustees calling the meeting, to each Trustee. Special meetings of the Board of Trustees may also be held without formal notice provided all Trustees are present or those not present have waived notice thereof.

3.05 Quorum . At all meetings of the Trustees, one-third of the Trustees then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, provided that in no case may a quorum be less than three persons, and an action of a majority of the quorum shall constitute action of the Board of Trustees, except as otherwise expressly required by the Investment Company Act of 1940 Act, as amended (the “1940 Act”), the Declaration of Trust or these By-laws. A lesser number may adjourn a meeting from time to time and the meeting may be held without further notice.






3.06 Action by Trustees Other than at a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Trustees may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if consented to in writing (including by “electronic transmission” as defined in Section 3806 of the Act) by Trustees having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Trustees entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of any committee of the Board of Trustees may be taken without a meeting, if a written consent to such action is signed by all members of such committee, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the committee.

3.07 Holding of Meetings by Conference Telephone Call . At any regular or special meeting, members of the Board of Trustees or any committee thereof may participate by conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

ARTICLE 4
Officers

4.01 Election . The officers of the Trust shall be a chief executive officer, a president, one or more executive vice presidents, senior vice presidents or vice presidents, a secretary, a treasurer, a chief financial officer, a chief compliance officer, a counsel and a controller. Except as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust or these By-laws, all officers shall be elected by the Board of Trustees and shall serve at the pleasure of the Board. The same person may hold more than one office.

4.02 Additional Officers and Agents . The Board of Trustees may appoint one or more assistant vice presidents, assistant treasurers, assistant counsels or assistant secretaries and such other officers or agents as it may deem advisable, and may prescribe the duties thereof.

4.03 The Chief Executive Officer . The chief executive officer of the Trust shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business, affairs and property of the Trust, and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Trustees are carried into effect. The chief executive officer shall preside at meetings of shareholders, and the Board of Trustees unless a chairman of the board has been elected and is present.

4.04 The President . The President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned by the Board of Trustees or the chief executive officer. In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, unless the president is also serving as chief executive officer, the president shall perform and exercise the powers of the chief executive officer.

4.05 The Vice Presidents . The vice presidents shall respectively have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Board of Trustees or the chief executive officer. In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer and president, the vice presidents, in the order determined by the Board of Trustees, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief executive officers and the president.

4.06 The Secretary . The secretary shall keep accurate minutes of all meetings of the shareholders and Trustees, and shall perform all duties commonly incident to that office and as provided by law and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Trustees shall from time to time designate. In the absence of the secretary an assistant secretary or secretary pro tempore shall perform the duties of the office and have such other powers as the Board of Trustees may from time to time designate.






4.07 The Treasurer . The treasurer shall, subject to the order of the Board of Trustees and in accordance with any arrangements for performance of services as custodian, transfer agent or disbursing agent approved by the Board, have the care and custody of the money, funds, securities, valuable papers and documents of the Trust, and shall have and exercise under the supervision of the Board of Trustees all powers and duties commonly incident to the office and as provided by law. The treasurer shall keep or cause to be kept accurate books of account of the Trust’s transactions which shall be subject at all times to the inspection and control of the Board of Trustees. The treasurer shall deposit all funds of the Trust in such bank or banks, trust company or trust companies or such firm or firms doing a banking business as the Board of Trustees shall designate. In the absence of the treasurer an assistant treasurer shall perform the duties of the office.

4.08 The Chief Financial Officer . The chief financial officer shall have such powers and duties as may be assigned by the Board of Trustees, the president or the chief executive officer.

4.09 The Chief Compliance Officer . The chief compliance officer, who shall be designated by the Board in the manner required by the 1940 Act and rules thereunder, shall be responsible for administering the policies and procedures of the Trust for compliance with the federal securities laws. In the absence of a chief compliance officer, another officer of the Trust shall perform the duties of the office.

4.10 The Counsel . The counsel shall serve as the chief legal officer of the Trust and shall perform duties commonly incident to that office and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Trustees may from time to time designate. In the absence of the counsel an assistant counsel shall perform the duties of the office.

4.11 The Controller . The controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the Trust and shall have and exercise under the supervision of the Board of Trustees all powers and duties commonly incident to that office and as provided by law. In the absence of the controller an assistant controller shall perform the duties of the office.


ARTICLE 5
Vacancies

5.01 Vacancies . If the office of any Trustee becomes or is vacant by reason of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, an increase in the authorized number of Trustees or otherwise, the remaining Trustees may by vote of a majority of said Trustees choose a successor or successors who shall hold office for the unexpired term; provided that vacancies on the Board of Trustees may be so filled only if, after the filling of the same, at least two‑thirds of the Trustees then holding office would be Trustees elected to such office by the shareholders at a meeting or meetings called for the purpose. In the event that at any time less than a majority of the Trustees were so elected by the shareholders, a special meeting of the shareholders shall be called forthwith and held as promptly as possible and in any event within sixty days for the purpose of electing an entire new Board of Trustees.







ARTICLE 6
Notices

6.01 Manner of Giving . Whenever under the provisions of applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or these By-laws notice is required to be given to any Trustee, committee member, officer or shareholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given: (i), in the case of shareholders, in writing, by mail, by depositing the same in a United States post office or letter box, postage prepaid, addressed to each shareholder at such address as appears on the books of the Trust; (ii), in the case of Trustees, committee members and officers, by telephone, or by mail or by telegram to the last business address known to the secretary of the Trust; and (iii) and in either such case by such other means, including “electronic transmission” as defined in Section 3806 of the Act, as may be permitted by applicable law or the Declaration of Trust. Any such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be thus mailed or telegraphed or telephoned or electronically transmitted.

6.02 Waiver . Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or these By-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.


ARTICLE 7
General Provisions

7.01 Disbursement of Funds . All checks, drafts, orders or instructions for the payment of money and all notes of the Trust shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Trustees may from time to time designate.

7.02 Voting of Stock or Other Interests in Corporations or Other Entities . Unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Trustees, any officer or, at the direction of any such officer, any investment adviser to the Trust, shall have full power and authority to attend and act and vote at any meeting of shareholders of or beneficial owners of interests in any corporation or other entity in which the Trust may hold shares of stock or other interests, and at any such meeting may exercise any and all the rights and powers incident to the ownership of such stock or other interests. Any officer of the Trust or, at the direction of any such officer, any investment adviser to the Trust may execute proxies to vote shares of stock or other interests of corporations or other entities standing in the name of this Trust.

7.03 Execution of Instruments . Except as otherwise provided in these By-laws, all deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, stock powers and other instruments of transfer, reports and other instruments may be executed on behalf of the Trust by the president or any vice president and by any other officer or agent authorized to act in such matters, whether by law, the Declaration of Trust, these By-laws, or any general or special authorization of the Board of Trustees. If the seal of the Trust is required, it shall he affixed by the secretary or an assistant secretary.

7.04 Seal . The seal of the Trust, if any, shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Trust, the year of its organization and the words "The State of Delaware." The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. The form of seal may be altered by the Board of Trustees.







ARTICLE 8
Purchases and Suspension of Sales

8.01 Purchases by Agreement . The Trust may purchase its Shares by agreement with the owner at a price not exceeding the net asset value next computed following the time when the purchase or contract to purchase is made. Payment of the purchase price may be made wholly or partly in cash, portfolio securities or other property of the Trust, as determined by the Board of Trustees.

8.02 Suspension of Sales . The Trust reserves the right to suspend sales of its Shares if, in the judgment of the majority of the Board of Trustees or a majority of the executive committee of the Board, if such committee exists, it is in the best interest of the Trust to do so, such suspension to continue for such period as may be determined by such majority.


ARTICLE 9
Indemnification

9.01 Right to Indemnification . Subject to the exceptions and limitations contained in Section 9.02, every person who is or was a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust, including persons who serve or served at the request of the Trust as directors, trustees, officers or employees of another organization in which the Trust has or had an interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise (each, a “Covered Person”), shall be indemnified by the Trust to the maximum extent permitted by law against all liability and reasonable expenses incurred or paid by him in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his or her being or having been such a director, trustee, officer or employee and against amounts paid or incurred by him in settlement thereof.

9.02 Exceptions . No indemnification shall be provided hereunder to a Covered Person:

(a) for any liability to the Trust or its shareholders arising out of a final adjudication by the court or other body before which the proceeding was brought that the Covered Person engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office;

(b) with respect to any matter as to which the Covered Person shall have been finally adjudicated not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interests of the Trust; or

(c) in the event of a settlement or other disposition not involving a final adjudication (as provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 9.02) and resulting in a payment by a Covered Person, unless there has been either a determination that such Covered Person did not engage in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office by the court or other body approving the settlement or other disposition, or a reasonable determination, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that he did not engage in such conduct, such determination being made by: (i) a vote of a majority of the Disinterested Trustees (as such term is defined in Section 9.04) acting on the matter; or (ii) a written opinion of independent legal counsel.






9.03 Advancement of Expenses . Expenses of preparation and presentation of a defense to any claim, action, suit or proceeding subject to a claim for indemnification under this Article 9 shall be advanced by the Trust prior to final disposition thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that he is not entitled to indemnification under this Article 9, provided that either: (a) such undertaking is secured by a surety bond or some other appropriate security or the Trust shall be insured against losses arising out of any such advances; or (b) a majority of the Disinterested Trustees acting on the matter or independent legal counsel in a written opinion shall determine, based upon a review of the readily available facts (as opposed to the facts available upon a full trial), that there is a reason to believe that the Covered Person ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

9.04 Certain Defined Terms Relating to Indemnification . For purposes of this Article 9: (a) "liability and reasonable expenses" shall include hut not be limited to reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, amounts of any judgment, fine or penalty, and reasonable amounts paid in settlement; (b) "claim, action, suit or proceeding" shall include every such claim, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, derivative or otherwise, administrative, judicial or legislative, any appeal relating thereto, and shall include any reasonable apprehension or threat of such a claim, action, suit or proceeding; (c) a "Covered Person" shall include such person's heirs, executors and administrators; and (d) a “Disinterested Trustee” shall mean a Trustee (i) who is not an “Interested Person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust (including anyone, as such Disinterested Trustee, who has been exempted from being an Interested Person by any rule, regulation or order of the SEC), and (ii) against whom none of such actions, suits or other proceedings or another action, suit or other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or has been pending.


ARTICLE 10
Amendments

10.01 These By-laws may be amended, altered or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Trustees by vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office or by written consent in lieu thereof and in either case without shareholder approval or prior notice to shareholders,.

DC01/ 3071832.4





Principal Exchange-Traded Funds

POWER OF ATTORNEY-Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 33- )

The member of the board of trustees of Principal Exchange-Traded Funds (the Trust) whose signature appears below, hereby constitutes and appoints Michael J. Beer, David J. Brown, Ernest H. Gillum, Jennifer Mills, Adam Shaikh and Beth C. Wilson, and each of them, his/her true and lawful attorneys and agents, with full power and authority of substitution and resubstitution, to do any and all acts and things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorneys and agents, or any of them, may deem necessary or advisable or which may be required to enable the Trust to comply with the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (collectively, the "Acts"), and any rules, regulations or requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the filing and effectiveness of the following registration statements and any amendments thereto including specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the power and authority to sign in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as a trustee and/or officer of the Trust any and all such registration statements and amendments filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Acts, and any other instruments or documents related thereto, and the undersigned does hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys and agents, or any of them, shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Date: December 9, 2014

/s/ Elizabeth Ballantine
 
/s/ Leroy Barnes, Jr.
E. Ballantine
 
L. T. Barnes
/s/ Michael J. Beer
 
/s/ Craig C. Damos
M. J. Beer
 
C. Damos
/s/ Nora Everett
 
/s/ Karen McMillan
N. M. Everett
 
K. McMillan
/s/ Mark A. Grimmett
 
/s/ F. S. Hirsch
M. A. Grimmett
 
F. S. Hirsch
/s/ Tao Huang
 
/s/ Wm. C. Kimball
T. Huang
 
W. C. Kimball
/s/ D. Pavelich
 
 
D. Pavelich